Annexure 1
Layout map
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Annexure 2
Photograph of EPS facility
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Annexure 3
Photograph of baseline data collection & Public hearing
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Photographs of public hearing
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Annexure 4
Detail Geohydrology report
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Draft Report on
ON
Ground Water Investigation Studies to Assess the Present Status of Ground Water
Conditions for Impact Assessment on Environment around propose M/S GSPC Limited
plant
Site:
Village –Ambaliyara, Taluka – Dholka, Dist- Ahmedabad,
Gujarat
Forwarded to:
M/s Detox Pvt. Limited
Surat
From:
Ground Water Consultancy Services
I-202, Nanddham Apartments, Nr. Vasana Barrage, Vasna,
Ahmedabad – 380 007
Mobile: 9824 132 132
Email:[email protected]
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Contents
1.0 Introduction .................................................................................................................................. 4
2.0 Scope of Work ............................................................................................................................. 5
3.0 Details of the Study Area ............................................................................................................. 5
4.0 Geology of the area ...................................................................................................................... 7
5.0 Hydrogeology .............................................................................................................................. 8
6.0 Geo hydrological Investigation .................................................................................................... 9
7.0 Present status of Ground water quality ...................................................................................... 11
8.0 Ground Water Resources Estimates of Dholka Taluka ............................................................. 11
9.0 Recharge into Ground Water Aquifer ........................................................................................ 13
10.0 Conclusions & Recommendations ............................................................................................. 16
List of Tables
Table 1: Information of Site
Table 2: Chemical analysis of water sample of Wells in & around GSPC
Table 3: Information on Ground water Resources
Table 4: Information on Land Use
Table 5: Water Consumption Details
Table 6: Waste Water Generation
Table 7: Estimation on Effective Runoff
Table 8: Estimation on storage capacity of Pond
Table 9: Expected Recharge
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
List of Plates
Plate 1: Map of Dholka Taluka
Plate 2: Map showing Sardar Sarovar Project Canal Command
Plate 3: Map showing project site
Plate 4: Geological Succession
Plate 5: Geological Cross Section from Nayakpur to Virpur
Plate 6: Lithological of deepest piezometer at Ambaliyara
Plate 7: Lithological of deepest piezometer at Chaloda
Plate 8: Hydrograph of Chaloda
Plate 9: Recharge Pond
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
A Report on Ground Water Investigation Studies for Assessing the Present Status of Ground Water
Conditions for Impact Assessment on Environment and assessing the feasibility for recharge structure
construction around M/s GSPC propose site at well M1 A 1 and M1, Village – Ambaliyara, Taluka –
Dholka, Dist- Ahmedabad, Gujarat
1.0 Introduction
GSPC has taken up a major expansion plan for enhancing its oil and gas production in different
location in the state of Gujarat. The information of this site is given in Table 1:
Table 1: Information of Site
Serial
No
Name of
Site
Latitude &
Longitude
Site location
Area in m2
1 M1 A 1
22°45’27.78”N
72º30’44.34” E
Survey no.: 827, 828, 829,
830P, 832, 833
Village: Ambaliyara
Taluka: Dholka
District: Ahmedabad
State: Gujarat
22585 sq.m
2 M 1
22°45’38.30”N
72º30’35.20” E
Survey no.:
832,833,835,836,832
Village: Ambaliyara
Taluka: Dholka
District: Ahmedabad
State: Gujarat
19418.3
sq.m
The location of this site is shown in plate I, II & III. Total Land Area at well site M1 A 1 is 22585 sq
m and at well site M1 is 19418.3 sq .m
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
The Development of such project also needs water. The alert and foresighted management of this
company is quite conscious and aware about the importance of water requirement. Engineers &
planners associated with this project have decided to adopt scientific& and systematic approach for
planning ground water development and for rainwater harvesting system design for enhancing
recharge to ground water aquifer. Therefore, they have engaged and availed the service of
experienced consulting services in this specialized field. The work was entrusted to Ahmedabad
based firm M/s Ground Water Consultancy Services for studying the Hydro Geological Conditions in
and around this project site area for assessing the present status of ground water conditions
and also identifying feasible sites for recharge structure construction.
This report presents Hydro Geological Survey & Investigation Studies in and around the present
project site area on assessment of ground water conditions. The base line data has been studied,
analyzed and interpreted for assessing the present status of ground water conditions and identifying
feasible sites for recharge structures construction.
2.0 Scope of Work
• Site visit for propose project site
• Review of earlier work done
• Conducting Geo hydrological studies within 5 kilometer radius and also collecting the water
sample for assessing the present status on ground water quality
• Preparing action plan to take measures for rain water harvesting from roof top and storm
water drain to recharge ground water aquifer
• Preparation of Detail Geo hydrological Report
3.0 Details of the Study Area
Location of the Area
The existing well site M1 A 1 and M 1 of GSPC is located at Village –Ambaliyara, Taluka –
Dholka, Dist- Ahmedabad, Gujarat.
It is bordered in the north by Chandisar, in North West by Village Vasana Keliya, in the south by
village by Sathal and in west by village Vazira and Raipur of Dholka Taluka of Ahmedabad District
of Gujarat State. The Map of Dholka taluka is given in Plate 1, Map showing Sardar Sarovar Project
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
(SSP) Canal Command is shown in Plate 2 and Map showing Project Site is given in Plate 3.
Physically it falls in Narmada canal command area
Communication
Village Ambaliyara is connected by Kaccha/ Asphalt Road with Taluka Head Quarter Dholka. It is
connected with State Transport Buses. Private means of Transport are also available to reach this
village.
Physiography & Drainage
The study area is almost flat. There exist no distinct natural drains in this area. The general ground
gradients are sloping from North to South or more precisely in North-East to South-West direction.
The Sabarmati river lies in the eastern part of the study area and flowing from almost North to South.
From topography point of view, there is no much variation in ground gradient.
Climate
The climate of the study area is Semi Arid. Hot summer and general dryness characterize it, except
during the southwest monsoon season which experiences heavy rain. There are four distinct seasons
in the area. The cold season begins from December to February, which is followed by hot summer
from March to Middle of June. The period from mid-June to Sept. is the Southwest monsoon season,
October and November months constitute Post monsoon season which is characterized by moderate
temperature and scanty rain. Except for monsoon season the climate, in general, is dry.
Evaporation Data
The Ahmedabad is the nearest Hydro meteorological Laboratory data indicates that the data indicates
that Average Daily Evaporation rate is 7.22 mm per day.
The data indicates that Average Daily Evapo-transpiration rate is 5.44 mm per day.
Rainfall
The period from mid-June to Sept. is the Southwest monsoon season. Over 90% of the annual
rainfall occurs during Southwest monsoon period that is from 15th June to 15th September.
Average Long Term Rainfall in mm for the period (1963-2002) is 643.78 mm
Average Short Term rainfall in mm for the period (2003-2012) is 824.8 mm
The Number of rainy days would be 36.6 for Ahmedabad.
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
4.0 Geology of the area
The entire area of Ahmedabad district comprises a cover of thick alluvium with a few sporadic
outcrops of Deccan Trap and Limestone toward the southern parts of region. The geological set up of
the area is somewhat similar to that of Cambay Basin. Geophysical investigation was carried out by
ONGC for the search of oil. On the basis of these findings the succession of the rock types in the area
is as follow It is revealed from the study of the data collected during earlier investigation, the regional
Geological Succession is given in Plate 4
General Geology of the Study Area
From the observation of the litho logical logs of the bore-hole data in & around the study area within
the depth explored, it is observed that the formation comprises of Alluvium Aeolian & fluvial
deposits. It is composed of sand, silt, gravel, clay and kankar. The thickness of alluvium is estimated
to be about 400 m. Refer Plate 5 for geological Cross Section from Nayakpur to Virpur
Sub-Surface Geological Cross Sections
In order to have an idea about the sub-surface deposition of aquifers, its lateral extent, and thickness
and inter connection within & with the adjacent areas, sub surface geological cross sections was
studied. In case of such study, knowledge on sub-surface condition and it’s inter-connection with the
adjacent area is very important. It enable design engineer in estimating the sub surface lateral inflow
coming into the area in question and also estimating sub-surface out-flow going out from such areas
to the adjacent area. It could also help in taking possible measures in designing surface as well as
subsurface drainage. It is pertinent to mention that in general, the ground water flow follows surface
topography. The general ground water flow direction is from North to South direction or more
precisely North East to South West direction
Sub-Surface geological cross-section along Nayakpur (Viramgam) to Virpur (Dholka Taluka)
Ahmedabad) in NW-SE direction (Plate 5)
The Sub surface geological cross-section shows almost flat topography with the gentle slope in South
east direction. It shows that the sub-surface deposit follows surface topography. This cross-section
also reveals that the aquifers are well connected in this cross section. Clay occurs in the form of
lenses and as continuous layers. The swelling and pinching characteristic are also observed in the
layers. The predominance in clay deposit is also found at places. The water level is also found in
confining pressure or in artesian condition. .
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
5.0 Hydrogeology
• From the observation and study of the relevant information of GWRDC Tube Wells in and
around the study area it is inferred that
• In and around the study area ground water occurs in Alluvium aquifers which comprises
of alternate beds of sand, clay, kankar mixed with clay are occurring in this area.
• The thickness and extent of this aquifer vary with respect to space and depth.
• In this area ground water occurs in the zone of primary porosity. The quantity of ground water
stored in the aquifer depends on the grain size of the aquifer material, its hydraulic
characteristics and thickness. Ground water is mainly occurring under unconfined shallow
confined, deep confined or more precisely semi-confined conditions.
From the above observations, of GWRDC tube well data it is observed that Ground water occurs
under confined or more precisely semi-confined conditions.
• It is pertinent to mention that Study area falls in the southern side of Sardar Sarovar Canal
Command Project.
• This area falls in over CRITICAL Category from the ground water development point of
view.
• Narmada Main Canal is already in operation through which perennial water supply has been
started but this perennial water supply may be only for domestic water supply
• The unconfined aquifers in and around the study area are practically dried up and
groundwater occurs mainly under shallow confined and deep confined condition.
It is pertinent to mention that recently GWRDC has drilled three piezometers (tube wells) at same
location tapping different aquifers depth to study its depth wise aquifer characteristics. To study
depth wise position of water level and also variation in water quality information on litho logical of
deepest piezometer is given in Plate 6 and Plate 7
Gujarat Water Resources Development Corporation (GWRDC) Gandhinagar is monitoring
observation tube wells for periodic measurements of water level fluctuations and water quality
variation in and around the study area. One such tube wells tapping deep confined aquifers at village
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Chaloda is monitored for periodic measurements of water level fluctuations and water quality
variation.
Hydrograph Analysis
The long-term water level fluctuation data for the period 1998 to 2002 of the nearest observation tube
well located at village Chaloda Taluka Dholka of Ahmedabad District was examined and is given in
Plate 8
From the observation of these hydrographs, following conclusion could be drawn.
• The overall Rising trend is observed in water level which could be attributed due to improved
recharge condition due to assured surface water supply in upstream North, and North East
direction of the study area
6.0 Geo hydrological Investigation
To have an idea about the latest information of selected wells were investigated the information of
which is given in Table 2
Table 2: Chemical analysis of water sample of Wells in & around GSPC
Site: Village –Ambaliyara, Taluka – Dholka, Dist- Ahmedabad
Parameter Unit Result
Gram
Panchayat
Bachan
patel
Purshottam
Patel
Pankaj
Ratila Patel
Bhikha Patel
1 2 3 4 5
Ele.
Conductivity
Micromh
os/cm
2090 2100 1980 2110 2040
Ph -- 8.02 8.28 8.00 8.07 8.60
T.D.S. ppm 1400 1400 1350 1430 1350
CATIONS
Ca ppm 55 50 50 45 45
Mg ” 42 45 45 48 42
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Na ” 334 37 332 339 334
K ” 4.1 4.10 3.9 4.1 3.9
ANIONS
CO3 ppm Nil 12 Nil Nil 12
HCO3 ” 476 451 439 500 415
SO4 ” 83 120 113 128 109
Cl ” 400 376 360 360 384
F ” 0.73 0.75 0.71 0.73 0.71
NO3 ” 4.50 4.60 4.60 4.40 4.60
Total Hardness ppm 310 310 260 310 285
Total
Alkalinity
” 480 480 440 500 440
Colours CO-PT Clear Clear Clear Clear Clear
Odour -- Odour
Free
Odour
Free
Odour Free Odour Free Odour Free
Turbidity N.T.U. Nil Nil Nil Nil Nil
From the observation of well inventory data it is inferred that the
• The drilling depth is varying from145 to 160 m below ground level
• The discharge of these tube well is ranging from 550 to 650 lpm
• The discharge of these tube well is ranging from 550 to 650 lpm
• The depth to water level is ranging from 35 to 40 meter below ground level
• The range of Horse Power use in pumping ground water is ranging from 25 to 30 HP
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
7.0 Present status of Ground water quality
Total Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) content in ground water ppm, its range: 1350 ppm to 1430 ppm
Nitrate content in ground water in ppm, its range 4.40 ppm to 4.60 ppm
Bicarbonate content in ground water in ppm, its range 439 ppm to 500 ppm
Total Hardness in water is ranging from 260 ppm to 310 ppm
8.0 Ground Water Resources Estimates of Dholka Taluka
Information on Ground water Resources
Ground water potential has been estimated by the committee on estimation of ground water resources
and irrigation potential from ground water in Gujarat by Narmada Water Resources Water Supply
and Kalpasar Department, Govt. of Gujarat, March 2002. It has estimated the Ground water potential
for entire Ahmedabad District
Table 3: Information on Ground water Resources
Gross Recharge mcm/year 30.94
Net Available Recharge mcm/year 29.39
Annual Draft mcm/year 29.11
Ground Water Balance -1.56
Present Category of Taluka Year 2002 Critical
From the ground water development point of view Dholka Taluka of Ahmedabad District falls in
Critical category where ground water development is 99.05 percent.
The study area falls in Sardar Sarovar Project Canal Command & due to perennial surface water
supply additional recharge component in the form of canal seepage and return seepage from irrigated
field to underneath ground water aquifer is likely. In this canal command, conjunctive water use of
surface and ground water is planned
From above information it is implied that although this area falls in SSP Canal Command, before
undertaking any ground water development in this area utmost care need to be taken. Ground water
development and Water conservation measures need to be implemented and encouraged carefully
based on scientific approach in this area.
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Table 4: Information of Wells in and around the Study Area of
GSPC Site: Village –Ambaliyar Taluka – Dholka, Dist- Ahmedabad
Sr.
No.
Village
Talufz)ka Owner’s Name Location Well / Bore Well Depth to
Water Level
in m below
ground level
Total
Depth
in m
below
ground
level
Pump
Details
Discharge in
liter per
minute
(LPM)
Sample
No.
Remarks
1 Ambaliyara Dholka Gram Panchayat Gramtal Tube Well 35.00 150.00 EM.25 550 1 Saline
2 Ambaliyara Dholka Bachan patel On way to
VAZIFA
Tube Well 38.50 160.00 EM.30 600 2 Saline
3 Ambaliyara Dholka Purshottam Patel Naer Rajpur
road
Tube Well 37.00 150.00 EM.30 550 3 Saline
4 Rajpur Dholka Pankaj RatilaL
Patel
Nr Gramtal Tube Well 40.00 155.00 EM.30 550 4
5 Jalalpur
(vajifa
Dholka Bhikha Patel Nr Gramta Tube Well 36.50 145.00 EM.30 600 5
Please register P
DF
Splitter and M
erger
DE
MO
9.0 Recharge into Ground Water Aquifer
Land Area Break Up
Land area break up for M1 A1 and M1 is as mentioned below:
Table 5: Information on Land Use
Purpose Land area for M 1 Land area for M 1 A1
Build up area 678 sq m 550 sq m
Open area 12331.91 sq m 14581.95 sq m
Green belt area 6408.39 sq m 7453.05 sq m
Total area 19418.3 sq.m 22585 sq.m
Total Water Consumption
Water Consumption
The daily total water consumption at EPS#M1 and EPS#M1A1 is as mentioned in table below
Table 6: Water Consumption Details
M 1 M 1 A 1
Domestic 0.405 KL/day 0.405 KL/day
Industrial (for bath heater) 0.3 KL/day 0.3 KL/day
Fire water make up 2 KL/day 2 KL/day
Total 2.705 KL/day 2.705 KL/day
(A)
1. At plant site M1, assuming 300 working days, yearly water requirement for industrial use will
be 690 m 3
2. At plant site M1, Assuming 300 working days, yearly water requirement for domestic use will
be 121.5 m 3
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
(B)
1. At plant site M1A1, Assuming 300 working days, yearly water requirement for industrial use
will be 690 m 3
2. At plant site M1, Assuming 300 working days, yearly water requirement for domestic use will
be 121.5 m 3
Table 7: Waste Water Generation
M1 M 1 A1
Produced Water 2 KL/day 3 KL/day
Domestic 0.05 KL/day 0.05 KL/day
Total 2.05 KL/day 3.05 KL/day
Recharge into Ground Water Aquifer is deliberate attempt for collecting /concentrating, storing and
distributing rain water. The method is site specific and need based. Catchments includes Roof top,
Compounds, pavements and land surface.
It may be possible to collect rainwater by creating necessary infrastructure construction for
collecting; diverting and storing it into groundwater reservoir. If plan properly and designed
scientifically it may aid in improving recharge availability and opportunity.
Based on the observation of the field condition Recharge structure like recharge well and Recharge
tank/pond are feasible at this site. But Recharge tank/pond is preferred.
Rainfall is one of the important Parameters that contribute water for the purpose of recharge into
ground water reservoir and therefore estimation on its likely quantum is of prime importance for the
purpose of estimating recharge quantum.
Table 8: Estimation on Effective Runoff
Well No Land use Total Area in
sq m
Rain fall in
mm
Runoff
Coefficient
Runoff
Volume in m3
EPS#M1
Build up area 678 sq m 824.8 0.85 475.332
Open area 12331.91 sq m 824.8 0.30 3051.407
Green belt 6408.39 sq m 824.8 0.40 2114.256
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
area
EPS#M1A1
Build up area 550 sq m 824.8 0.85 385.594
Open area 14581.95 sq m 824.8 0.30 3608.157
Green belt
area
7453.05 sq m 824.8 0.40 2458.910
At Plant site M1 the estimated effective runoff that can be used for the purpose of recharge = 2589.5
m3 (Green Belt Area: 2114.256 m3 + Construction: 475.332 m3)
A Plant site M1A1, the estimated effective runoff that can be used at plant site for the purpose of
recharge = 2844.5 m3 (Green Belt Area: 2458.91 m3 + Construction: 385.59 m3)
Recharge pond
Looking to the surface soil condition and sub-surface aquifer characteristics, it is better to construct
Recharge pond to have better recharge rate because recharge rate is a function of surface area. If
depth of pond is increased then reduction in evaporation rate is likely. Therefore, in order to reduce
the loss of water quantum through evaporation, the depth of recharge pond should be more than 2.5
m. The size tentative size of recharge pond may have dimension as given below:
Table 9: Estimation on storage capacity of Pond
Serial No Length of
pond in m
Width of pond
in m
Depth of
pond in m
Volume of Water likely to be
stored in m 3
1 45 45 5 10125
2 40 40 5 8000
3 30 30 5 4500
4 25 25 5 3125
The estimated required recharge based on Industrial and domestic consumption may vary from 690
m3 to 750 m3.
By constructing small percolation tank having suitable size depending on land availability it be
possible to recharge 690 m3 to 750 m3 rainwater into ground water aquifer.
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Recharge Percolation Well
Based on the local hydro geological conditions Recharge Percolation well appears to be feasible for
its construction
Components of recharge well comprises of Filtration pit, Large Diameter Well along with necessary
infrastructure. It is necessary to create necessary infrastructure to divert & collect rain water for
making it available towards recharge structure after subjected it through filtration.
In general, radius of well is kept large to accommodate fairly large quantity of rainwater that gives
more surface area, space and time for increasing recharge rate.
Considering the average recharge rate of 2 liter per second per well, the likely total recharge per well
may be 10368.00 m3 per well
Table 10: Expected Recharge
Expected
Recharge Rate
Per Well
Seconds Minutes Hours Days Total recharge
in m3 per well
Number
of wells
Total
recharge in
m3/season
2 60 60 24 60 10368.00 1 10368.00
2 60 60 24 60 10368.00 2 20736.00
10.0 Conclusions & Recommendations
• The well site M1 A1 and M1 of GSPC is located at Village – Ambaliyara, Taluka – Dholka,
Dist- Ahmedabad, Gujarat.
• The site in located in Sardar Sarovar Project (SSP) Canal Command area and falls in the
southern side of Sardar Sarovar Canal Command. Project.
• Village Ambaliyara is connected by Kaccha/ Asphalt Road with Taluka Head Quarter Dholka.
It is connected with State Transport Buses. Private means of Transport are also available to
reach this village.
• The study area is almost flat. There exist no distinct natural drains in this area. The general
ground gradients are sloping from North to South or more precisely in North-East to South-
West direction.
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
• The Sabarmati river lies in the eastern part of the study area and flowing from almost North to
South.
• The climate of the study area is Semi Arid.
• The Average Daily Evaporation rate is 7.22 mm per day. The Average Daily Evapo-
transpiration rate is 5.44 mm per day.
• The Average Short Term rainfall is 824.8 mm. The Number of rainy days would be 36.6 for
Ahmedabad.
• Geologically, the entire area of Ahmedabad district comprises a cover of thick alluvium. In &
around the study area within the depth explored, the formation comprises of Alluvium
Aeolian & fluvial deposits. It is composed of sand, silt, gravel, clay and kankar. The thickness
of alluvium is estimated to be about 400 m.
• The thickness and extent of these aquifer vary with respect to space and depth. At plant site,
the ground water flow follows surface topography. The general ground water flow direction is
from North to South direction or more precisely North East to South West direction.
• Ground water is mainly occurring under unconfined, shallow confined, deep confined or more
precisely semi-confined conditions.
• In this area ground water occurs in the zone of primary porosity. Ground water occurs under
confined or more precisely semi-confined conditions. From the ground water development
point of view this area falls in Critical Category
• Due to operation of Narmada Main Canal, there is perennial water supply which may be only
for domestic water supply.
• It is pertinent to mention that recently GWRDC has drilled three piezometers (tube wells) at
same location tapping different aquifers depth to study its depth wise water level, depth wise
aquifer characteristics and also variation in water quality.
• From the long-term water level fluctuation data for the period 1998 to-2002 of the nearby
observation tube well located at Village Chaloda, Taluka Dholka of Ahmedabad District
shows overall rising trend in water level profile which could be attributed due to improved
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
recharge condition due to assured surface water supply in upstream North, and North East
direction of the study area
From the observation of well inventory data it is inferred that the
• The drilling depth is varying from145 m to 160 m below ground level
• The discharge of these tube well is ranging from 550 to 650 lpm
• The discharge of these tube well is ranging from 550 to 650 lpm
• The depth to water level is ranging from 35 to 40 meter below ground level
• The range of Horse Power use in pumping ground water is ranging from 25 to 30 HP
• The information on chemical analysis of water sample indicates that
o Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) content in ground water ranges from 1350 ppm to 1430
ppm
o Nitrate content in ground water ranges 4.40 ppm to 4.60 ppm. Bicarbonate content in
ground water in ranges from 439 ppm to 500 ppm
o Total Hardness in water is ranging from 260 ppm to 310 ppm
o By creating necessary infrastructure construction, it may be possible to collect, divert
and store rainwater into groundwater reservoir. If plan properly and designed
scientifically it may aid in improving recharge availability and opportunity.
o The estimated required recharge based on Industrial and domestic consumption may
vary from 690 m3 to 750 m3
o Looking local sub-surface lithology it is advisable to construct percolation tank having
suitable size for recharging aquifer through which it may be possible to recharge 690
m3 to 750 m3 rainwater into ground water aquifer
Based on the observation of the field condition Recharge structure like recharge well and Recharge
tank/pond are feasible at this site. Here recharge tank/pond is preferred.
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Plate 1: Map of Dholka Taluka
Please register P
DF
Splitter and M
erger
DE
MO
Plate 2: Map showing Sardar Sarovar Project Canal Command
Please register P
DF
Splitter and M
erger
DE
MO
Plate 3: Map showing project site
Please register P
DF
Splitter and M
erger
DE
MO
Plate 4: Geological Succession
Please register P
DF
Splitter and M
erger
DE
MO
Plate 5: Geological Cross Section from Nayakpur to Virpur
Please register P
DF
Splitter and M
erger
DE
MO
Plate 6: Lithological of deepest piezometer at Ambaliyara
Please register P
DF
Splitter and M
erger
DE
MO
Plate 7: Lithological of deepest piezometer at Chaloda
Please register P
DF
Splitter and M
erger
DE
MO
Plate 8: Hydrograph of Chaloda
Please register P
DF
Splitter and M
erger
DE
MO
Plate 9: Recharge Pond
Please register P
DF
Splitter and M
erger
DE
MO
Annexure 5
Detail Bio ecology report
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Ecology and Biodiversity Study As a part of
EIA for Environment Clearance of setting up of two Surface Production facilities of M/s GSPC Limited in CB-ONN/2002/03 in Maroili field at
Village Ambaliyara , District Ahmedabad
June 2013
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
I. Description of the Biological Environment
1.1 Introduction:
Biodiversity is often considered synonymous with species richness of the area.
Identifying, measuring, and monitoring biodiversity is a complex exercise. The
Biodiversity assessment generally concern with, conducting biodiversity
inventories, inventories for assessing existing biodiversity or stock taking. This
provides the information on the biodiversity richness of the area under
consideration. The selection of indicators differs for biodiversity monitoring and
biodiversity inventory based on the output required. Various criteria have been
developed for selection of indicators, taking into account biological as well as
logistical aspects (Noss ,1990, UNEP, 1992).
1.2 Biodiversity of Terrestrial Environment
Conference of parties to the Convention on Biological diversity (CBD) held at
Curitiba, Brazil on March 20st -31st ,2006 suggested biodiversity to be
considered in impact assessment by providing voluntary guidelines on
biodiversity inclusive Environmental Impact Assessment. CBD provides a strong
international platform for applying impact assessment techniques to biodiversity
conservation. It specifically calls for impact assessment measures to ensure that
biodiversity is addressed in projects, plan and policy decision (Article14). An
underlying justification for the application of impact assessment is also given in
Article -8 which is for promoting the protection of ecosystems, natural habitats,
promoting environmentally sound and sustainable development in areas next to
the protected areas.
1.3 Biological Diversity
The variety and variability of organisms and ecosystems is referred to as
biological diversity or Bio diversity. Biodiversity is a term which has gained
enormous importance in the past few years. Technically, it is a contraction of
'biological diversity'. For the purposes of the CBD (Article 2. Use of Terms),
'Biological Diversity' is "the variability among living organisms from all sources
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
including, inter alia, terrestrial, marine and other aquatic ecosystems and the
ecological complexes of which they are part; this includes diversity within
species, between species and of ecosystems". In practice, 'biodiversity' is most
often used as a collective noun synonymous with nature or 'Life on Earth'
(WCMC Biodiversity Series No 5, 1996).
The biodiversity, we see today is the result of billions of years of evolution,
shaped by natural processes. The vast array of interactions among the various
components of biodiversity makes the planet habitable for all species, including
humans. There is a growing recognition that, biological diversity is a global asset
of tremendous value to present and future generations. At the same time, the
threat to species and ecosystems has never been as great as it is today. Species
extinction caused by human activities continues at an alarming rate. Protecting
biodiversity is for our self-interest and also for the future generation.
1.4 Ecological Impact Assessment:
Ecological impact assessment (EcIA) is used to predict and evaluate the impacts
of development activities on ecosystems and their components, thereby
providing the information needed to ensure that ecological issues are given full
and proper consideration in development planning. Environmental impact
assessment (EIA) has emerged as a key to sustainable development by
integrating social, economic and environmental issues in many countries. EcIA
has a major part to play as a component of EIA but also has other potential
applications in environmental planning and management. Ecological Impact
Assessment provides a comprehensive review of the EcIA process and
summarizes the ecological theories and tools that can be used to understand,
explain and evaluate the ecological consequences of development proposals.
Environmental impact assessments have become an integral part of
development projects in India ever since 1994, to formulate policies and
guidelines for environmentally sound economic development. Proper assessment
of biological environment and compilation of its taxonomical data is essential for
the impact prediction.
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Consistent and regularly updated data on regional and local taxonomy and
floristic and faunal diversity of the areas are almost non-existent in country as
diverse as India. Instant information on biodiversity profiles of the area, where the
proposed project is setting up, is an essential part of the baseline studies of EIA.
In such a situation, good primary baseline biodiversity survey is a pre-requisite
for the collection of reliable data. The professional ethic of the EIA practitioners
should be their will and skill to conduct scientific field surveys. These
contributions towards biodiversity surveys may sometimes recognized as the
actual value additions in terms of new records or a new data base but are more
often recognized in the validation and updating of the existing information base.
1.5 Period of the study and Study area:
The baseline study for the evaluation of the floral and faunal biodiversity of the
terrestrial environment of the study area was done within 5 km radius of the
proposed two well locations; M1 EPS and M1A1 EPS; located at village
Ambliyara, Taluka Dholka, District Ahmedabad during June, 2013.
1.6 Methodology:
The primary objective of survey was to describe the floristic and faunal
communities within the study area. Extrapolation and prediction techniques was
used to limit the number of sites to be assessed. The knowledge of species
habitats requirement, soil type, terrain, vegetation etc were used to predict
species occurrence.
This Extrapolation assessment Programme conducts preliminary for the
assessment of biological value of poorly known area. The biological value of an
area can be characterized by the species richness, degree of spices endemism,
uniqueness of the ecosystem and magnitude of threats of extinction. This Rapid
biodiversity assessment were undertaken by identifying potentially rich sites from
satellite imaginary (Google Earth) and conducting the field survey in the potential
habitats. GPS was utilized for locating field sample plots as well as gathering
positional attributes of sighted flora and faunal species.
For Floral survey, sample plots of 10 mx10m have been randomly distributed
across the suitable stratum within 5 km radius of the well locations. Tree species
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
were sampled using 10mx10m or 5mx5m plots depending upon the stratum
variability on the ground and tree species occurrenec . For sampling shrub
species two plots of size of 5 meter x 5 meter at two opposite corner of tree plots
or the same 5meterX 5meter plot of tree plots were taken. For herbaceous plant
five plots of 1meter x 1 meter at four corners of tree plots and one at center
The sampling plots for floral inventory were selected randomly in the suitable
habitats within the 5 km radius from the project well locations. The methodology
adopted for faunal survey involve; faunal habitat assessment, random intensive
survey, opportunistic observations, diurnal bird observation, active search for
reptiles, active search for scats and foot prints and review of previous studies.
The aim was to set baselines in order to monitor and identify trends after the
commencement of production system activity. Emphasis has been placed on
presence of rare, endemic, migratory and threatened species, if any present in
the study area. Desktop literature review was conducted to identify the
representative spectrum of threatened species, population and ecological
communities as listed by IUCN, ZSI, BSI and in Indian wild Life Protection act,
1972. The status of individual species was assessed using the revised IUCN
category system.
1.7 Biodiversity of Terrestrial Environment:
1.7.1 Habitats description of the project site (Well Location of M1 and M1-A1and its immediate surroundings:
These two well locations, M1 (22045’39.3”, 72030’36.4”), M1-A1 (22045’28.9”,
72030’431” are situated at the out skirt of Ambaliyara village, surrounded by
agricultural fields. The major agriculture activities of this region vary seasonally,
the rice is the major crop during the monsoon period while, and wheat is
cultivated as major crop during winter. The winter crop is entirely depending up
on the availability of water through canal for irrigation. Hence the impact on the
agriculture activity due to the establishment of these EPS will be minimum and
restricted to the foot print of these EPS during the monsoon period. Nearest
habitation is Ambalyira village (22046’11.9”, 72029’49.0”), located almost 1.5 km
from these EPS . As the sites of all these two EPS’s have been already acquired
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
leveled and developed as a part of exploratory drilling, therefore no vegetation
clearing and its direct Ecological impacts are envisaged for this proposed project.. The
nearest water body is a “gram talav” of Ambalyiara village (22045’59.0”, 72029’57.2”).
One patch of scrub land (22045’59.0”, 72029’57.2”) possibly a converted “Goucher land”
was observed in between the agriculture fields, with a good vegetative cover, near the
well location M1 AI. This area harbors now a good population of Nighai and Wild Boars,
which frequently invade the agriculture fields nearby.
Google imaginary snap shot showing 1km radius of the EPS system
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Google imaginary nap shot showing the immediate surroundings of the EPS
M1
M1-A1
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
1.7.2 Habitats description of the area ( 5 Km):
The proposed Two EPS are located in Ambaliyara village, Dholka taluka of
Ahmedabad district in Gujarat state. The dominant land use pattern of this region was
predominated by agricultural fields. Natural habitats has confined to very limited area.
Many small water bodies like Gram talav were observed in the study area. Sabarmati
River is passing through the NW boundary of the study area between the area falls
under Ahmedabad district and Kheda district.
Google imaginary Snap shot showing General pattern of tree cover in the study area
Patten of tree cover in the study area
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
1.8 Floral Diversity of the study area
The objective this floral inventory of the study area is to provide necessary information
on floristic structure in the study area for formulating effective management and
conservation measures. The climatic, edaphic and biotic variations with their complex
interrelationship and composition of species, which are adapted to these variations, have
resulted in different vegetation cover, characteristic of each region. The following
account of floral inventory has been, based on the field survey conducted for a short
duration in the June 2013, is not very comprehensive data and is aimed only to give a
general pattern of vegetation of this region during the study period as a baseline data in
absence of available secondary data. Listing of the endangered, threatened and
endemic species of flora in a locality and drawing the attention to the occurrence of such
species, would aid in creating awareness amongst the local people as a whole to protect
such species from extinction, and to take necessary measures for their conservation.
These type of floristic study is an inventory for such purpose and hence a necessity.
The tree species, herbs, shrubs, climbers and major crops, were documented during this
base line study. The list of floral species documented in the study area is enlisted in
Table-1
1.8.1 Trees
The dominant trees in the study area were which are generally planted as the road side
plantation or along the agriculture fields for shades. Otherwise natural tree cover is very
less in this part of Ahmedabad District. Dominant tree species were, Mangifera indica,
Tamarindus indica (Amali), Azadirachta indica (Limbado), Prosopis cineraria (Khyigdo),
Ailanthus excelsa (Aurdso) and Salvadora oleoides (Piludi)
Paddy as the major crop Sabarmathi River flowing through the area
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
The list of tree species is enlisted in the Table-1. 29species of trees belong to 20 families
are enumerated from the study area. Table#1 Trees in the Study area
S. No.
Family & Scientific name Vernacular name
1 Family: Anacardiaceae 1/1 Mangifera indica L. Kari
2 Family: Annonaceae 2/1 Polylathia longifolia (Conn.) Thw. Asopalav 4 Family: Arecaceae 3/1 Cocos nucifera L. Narial 3 Family: Caesalpiniaceae 4/1 Delonix regia (Boj.) Raf. Gaulmor 5/2 Cassia fistula L. Garmalo 6/3 Peltophorum pterocarpum (DC.) Backer ex Heyne Sonmukhi, 7/4 Tamarindus indica L. Amali 4 Family: Caricaceae 8/1 Carica papaya L. Papaya 5 Family: Casuarinaceae 9/1 Casuarina equisetifolia L. Sharu 6 Family: Combretaceae 10/1 Terminalia catappa L. Badam 7 Ehretiaceae 11/1 Cordia gharaf (Forsk.) E. & A. Gundi 8 Euphorbiaceae 12/1 Emblica officinalis Gaertn. Ambla 9 Family: Malvaceae 13/1 Thespesia populnea (L.) Sol.ex Corr. Paras piplo 1 0 Family: Meliaceae 14/1 Azadirachta indica A.Juss Limbado 11 Family: Mimosaceae 15/1 Acacia nilotica (L.) Del.subsp.indica (Bth.) Brenan Baval 16/2 Albizia lebbeck (L.) Bth. Siris 17/3 Pithecellobium dulce (Roxb.) Bth. Gorasmli 18/4 Prosopis cineraria (L.) Druce Khyigdo 12 Family:Moraceae 19/1 Ficus benghalensis L. Vad 20/2 Ficus religiosa L. Piplo 13 Family:Moringaceae 21/1 Moringa oleifera Lam Sargavo 14 Family:Myrtaceae 22/1 Eucalyptussp. Nilgari 15 Family Rutaceae 23/1 Limonia acidissima Kothi , Kotha 16 Family:Salvadoraceae 24/1 Salvadora oleoides Decne Piludi 17 Family:Sapotaceae 25/1 Manilkara hexandra (Roxb.) Dub. Rayan 26/2 Manilkara zapota (L.) Chikoo 18 Family:Simaroubaceae 27/1 Ailanthus excelsa Roxb. Aurdso
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
S. No.
Family & Scientific name Vernacular name
19 Family:Rhamnaceae 28/1 Zizyphus glabrata Heyne ex Roth. Bor 20 Family:Verbenaceae 29/1 Tectona grandis L.f. Sag 1.8.2 Shrubs Shrubs observed during the present survey are given in the Table-2. 28 shrub species
belong to 15 families are enumerated from the study area. The dominant shrub
community in this area was represented by, Calotropis procera, C. gigantea (Akado),
Prosopis juliflora (Gando baval), Ipomoea fistulosa (Nasarmo), Lawsonia inermis
(Mendhi),.and Lantana camara (Ganthai). Table 0-1: List of the Shrubs in the study area
S. No.
Family & Scientific name Vernacular name
1 Family :Apocynaceae 1/1 Nerium indicum Lalkaren 2/2 Thevetia peruviana Merr. Pili karan 2 Family: Asclepiadaceae3/1 Calotropis gigantea (L.) R. Br Akado 4/2 Calotropis procera (Ait.) R.Br Akado 3 Family: Caesalpiniaceae5/1 Cassia auriculata L Aval Cassia occidentalis L. Sundro 4 Family: Capparaceae 6/1 Capparis decidua ( forsk.)Edgew Kerdo 7/2 Capparis sepiaria L. Kanthar 5 Family: Convolvulaceae8/1 Ipomoea fistulosa Mart.ex Choisy Nasarmo 6 Family: Euphorbiaceae 9/1 Euphorbia neriifolia L. Thor 10/2 Jatropha curcas L. Ratanjot 11/3 Ricinus communis L. Devalo 7 Family: Lythraceae 12/1 Lawsonia inermis L. Mendhi 8 Family: Malvaceae 13/1 Abelomoschus manihot (L.) Medic. Jagali bhindi 14/2 Abelomoschus esculentus (L.) Bhindi 15/3 Gossypium herbaceum L. acerifolium Kapas 16/4 Hibiscus rosa –sinensis Jasund 17/5 Hibiscus radiates Duno 9 Family: Musaceae 18/1 Musa paradisiaca L. Kela 10 Family: Mimosaceae 19/1 Prosopis juliflora DC Gando baval 11 Family:Nyctaginaceae 20/1 Bougainvillea spectabilis Willd. Bougainvel 12 Family: Papilionaceae
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
S. No.
Family & Scientific name Vernacular name
21/1 Sesbania sesban (L.) Merr. Shevari 13 Family: Rhamnaceae 22/1 Zizyphus nummularia (Burm.f.) W. &. Chanibor 14 Family: Solanaceae 23/1 Datura metel L Daturo 24/2 Solanum incanum L Ubhi ringan 25/3 Solanum indicum 15 Family : Verbenaceae 26/1 Clerodendrum inerme (L.) Gaertn. Madhi 27/2 Lantana camara L.var.aculcata (L.)Mold. Ganthai 28/3 Vitex negundo L. Nagod
1.8.3 Herbs
As the study area is dominated by the waterlogged grass lands and paddy fields,
with remarkably rich herbaceous ground cover. The herbs observed in the
sampling plots, during the survey period in the study area have been enlisted in
the Table# 3 77 species of herbs belongs to 30 families were documented from
the sampling plots laid in different habitats. Table #3 List of herbaceous species observed in the area
S. No Family & Scientific name Vernacular name 1 Family Acanthaceae 1/1 Hygrophila auriculata (Schum.) Kanatashelio,Akaro 2 Family: Alismataceae 2/1 Limnophyton obtusifolium L 3 Family Amaranthaceae 3/1 Aerva javanica (Burm.f.)Juss. Bur,Gorakhganjo 4 Family: Apiaceae 4/1 Coriandrum sativum L Kothamir 5/2 Cuminum cuminum L Jiru 6/3 Foeniculum vulgare Mill. Variali 7/4 Trachyspermum ammi L. Ajmo 5 Family : Aponogetonaceae 8/1 Aponogeton natans L. 6 Family: Asteraceae 9/1 Acanthospermum sp. 10/2 Blumea mollis Bhutaco 11/3 Blumea eriantha DC. Kalhar 12/4 Echinops echinatus Roxb Shulio 13/5 Tridax procumbens L Pardesi Bhangro 14/6 Lacunae procumbens (Roxb) .Moti Bhonpatri 15/7 Parthenium hysterophorus L -- 16/8 Xanthium strumarium L. Gokhru 7 Family: Balsiminaceae 17/1 Impatiens balsamina L. var. coccinea 8 Family: Boraginaceae 18/1 Trichodesma indicum R. Br. Undha Fuli
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
S. No Family & Scientific name Vernacular name 9 Family: Commelinaceae 19/1 Commelina benghalensis L 20/2 C.forskalaei Vahl., Enum 10 Family: Convolvulaceae 21/1 Cressa cretica L. Palio, Rudanti 22/2 Convolvulus arvensis L. 23/3 Evolvulus alsinoides (L.) 11 Family: Cyperaceae 24/1 Cyperus sp. -- 25/2 Fimbristylis dichotoma Vahl. -- 26/3 Fimbristylis sp. -- 12 Euphorbiaceae 27/1 Euphorbia hirta L. -- 13 Family: Gentianaceae 28/1 Nymphoides indicum (Roxb.) Kumudini 22/2 N. parvifolium (Griseb.) -- 14 Family: Hydrocharitaceae 29/1 Hydrilla verticillata (L.f.) Royle 30/2 Vallisneria spiralis L. 31/3 Ottelia alismodies L. 15 Family: Lamiaceae 32/1 Leucas aspera Wild Kubi 33/2 Ocimum basilicum L 34/3 Ociumum sanctum L tulsi 16 Family: Liliaceae 35/1 Aloe barbadensis Mill. Kunvarpato 17 Family: Malvaceae 36/1 Abutilon indicum L. Khapat,Dabaliar 37/2 Sida sp. -- 38/3 Pavonia sp. 39/4 Myrtyniaceae 40/5 Martynia annua L. Vinchhudo 41/6 Lentibulariaceae 42/7 Utricularia sp. 18 Family: Nyctaginaceae 43/1 Boerhavia diffusa L. Satodi 19 Family: Nymphaeaceae 44/1 Nymphaea pubescens Wild Kamal 20 Family: Papilionaceae 45/1 Alysicarpus vaginalis 46/2 Cajanus cajan (L) Tuvar 47/3 Cortalaria prostate 48/4 Cortalaria juncea Shun 49/5 Indigofera cardifoila Heyne ex Roth 50/6 Indigofera oblongifolia Forks. -- 51/7 Indigofera sp. 52/8 Tehrosia purpurea L. Sarpankho 53/9 Tephrosia sps. -- 54/10 Medicago sativa L Lachko 55/11 Cacia tora Kuvandio 21 Family: Poaceae 56/1 Aleuropus lagopoides (L) --
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
S. No Family & Scientific name Vernacular name 57/2 Cynodon barberi Rang. -- 58/3 Cynodon dactylon (L.) -- 59/4 Oryza sativa L. Chokha 60/5 Phragmites kara (Retz.) -- 61/6 Triticum aestivum L. Ghau 62/7 Sorghum bicolor (L.) Jowar 63/8 Zea mays Makai 22 Family: Poligonaceae 64/1 Poligonum sp. 23 Family: Pontederiaceae 65/1 Eichhornia crassipes (Mart.) Kanphutti 24 Family: Potamogetonaceae 66/1 Potomogetonsp. 25 Family: Solanaceae 67/1 Solanum indicum L. Ringni 68/2 Solanum nigrum L. Piludi 69/3 Solanum surattense Brum. Bhoringni 70/4 Lyxopersicon lycopersicum Tamata 26 Family: Scrophulariaceae 71/1 Bacopa monnier L. 27 Family: Tiliaceae 72/1 Corchorus depressus Stocks Bhuphali 73/2 Corchorus aestunans L. Chunch 28 Family: Trapaceae 74/1 Trapa natans L. bispinosa (Roxb.) 29 Family: Typhaceae 75/1 Typha angustata Bory & Chaub Ramban,Ghabajariu 30 Family: Zygophyllaceae 76/1 Fagonia cretica L. -- 77/2 Tribulus terrestris L. Mithu Gokhru
1.8.4 Climbers and Twiners
Climbers/ twiners in the study area dominated by, Ipomoea pes-tigridis
(Wagpadi), Ipomea pes-caprae (Dariani vel), Ipomea aquatica (Nali ni Bhaji),
Coccinia grandis (Ghiloda), Luffa cylindrica (Galku), and Abrus precatorius
(Chanothai). The major climbers and twiners observed in the study area in the
sampling plots are given in the Table-2. 25 species of climbers/ twiners belongs
to 8 families are recorded from the area
Table-2: List of Climbers observed in the area
S. No
Family & Scientific name Vernacular name
1 Family: Asclepiadaceae 1/1 Pentatropis spiralis (Forsk.) Decne Shingroti 2/2 P. capensis L. Shingroti 3/3 Oxystelma secamone L. Jal –Dudhi
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
S. No
Family & Scientific name Vernacular name
4/4 Pergularia daemia 9Firsk . Chamer Dudheli 2 Family: Convolvulaceae 5/1 Ipomea cairica (L.) -- 6/2 Ipomea nili L. 7/3 Ipomoea obscura L. -- 8/4 Ipomea pulchella Roth -- 9/5 Ipomea aquatica Forsk. Nadanivel 10/6 Ipomoea pes-caprae Dariani vel/Maryad vel 11/7 Ipomoea pes-tigrides L 3 Family: Caesalpiniaceae 12/1 Caesalpinia crista L. Kachka 4 Family: Cucurbitaceae 13/1 Coccinia grandis Ghiloda 14/2 Corallocarpus epigeus (Arn.0 Cl.in HK. 15/3 Luffa cylindrica (L.) M.J.Roem Galku 16/4 L. acutangula (L) Jungli turia 17/5 Mukia maderaspatana (L)M. Roeam Chnak Chibidi 5 Family: Cuscutaceae 18/1 Cuscuta reflexa Roxb. Amarvel 6 Euphorbiaceae 19/1 Dalechampia scanens L. 7 Family: Menispermaceae 20/1 Cocculus hirsutus (L.) Diels Vevdi 21/2 Tinospora cordifolia (Willd.) Miers Galo 8 Family: Papilionaceae 22/1 Mucuna prurita Hk.f. Kavach, Koyli 23/2 Abrus precatorius L. Chanothi 24/3 Clitoria ternatea L. Gokaran 25/4 Clitoria biflora Dalz.
1.9 Cultivated Plants in the study area
The agricultural practices has occupied the majority of available the landscape.
The major agriculture activities of this region vary seasonally, the rice (Oryza
sativa) is the major crop during the monsoon period while, and wheat (Triticum
aestivum) is cultivated as major crop during winter. The crop occupying the
highest percentage of the sown area of this region is taken as the major crop and
all other possible alternative crops which are sown in this region either as
substitutes of the base crop in the same season or as the crops which fit in the
rotation in the subsequent season, are considered as minor crop.
1.9.1 Major Crops
Major crops in the study area are Rice (Oryza sativa L.) and Wheat (Triticum
aestivum)
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
1.9.2 Minor crops
The minor crops of this region are Bajra (Pennisetum typhoides), and Jowar
(Sorghum bicolar)
1.9.3 Vegetable:
Many villages in the study area are actively engaged in the cultivation of Bhindi
(Abelmoschus esculentus), especially at Navapura village, Chandisar village, Ambliyara
village
1.9.4 Horticulture Practices and fruit grown
Horticulture activity is not much developed in this region of Ahmedabad district
1.10 Rare and Endangered flora in the study area
The IUCN Red List is the world's most comprehensive inventory of the global
conservation status of plant and animal species. It uses a set of criteria to
evaluate the extinction risk of thousands of species and subspecies. These
criteria are relevant to all species and all regions of the world. With its strong
scientific base, the IUCN Red List is recognized as the most authoritative guide
to the status of biological diversity.
Among the enumerated flora in the study area, none of them were assigned any
threat category, by RED data book of Indian Plants. (Nayar and Sastry,1990) and
Red list of threatened Vascular plants (IUCN,2010, BSI, 2003)
1.11 Endemic plants of the study area
De Candolle (1855) first used the concept of “Endemic”, which is defined as an
area of a taxonomic unit, especially a species which has a restricted distribution
or habitat, isolated from its surrounding region through geographical, ecological
or temporal barriers.
Among recorded plant species, during the survey period, none can be assigned
the status of endemic plant of this region.
1.12 Status of Forest and their category in the study area
No natural forest land was observed in the study area except few scattered scrub
cover in the barren lands and area demarcated for grazing.
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
1.13 Faunal Biodiversity in the study area
For the documentation of the faunal biodiversity of the study area with respect to
birds, reptiles, amphibians, and butterfly species, a baseline survey had been
conducted in June, 2013
1.13.1 Birds of the study area:
The most commonly spotted bird species of this area were; Darter, Cattle Egret,
Intermediate Egret, Little Egret, Indian Cormorant, Black-winged Stilt, Red-
wattled Lapwing, Red-naped Ibis, Brahmyni Myna , and White-breasted Water
hen,Systematic account of the birds in the study area with the status of
occurrence is given in the Table #5
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Table# 5 Systematic List of birds in the study area with its residential status Old Common name New Common Name Scientific Name R-S I ORDER: APODIFORMES Family: Apodidae (swifts) Common Swift Common Swift Apus apus R II ORDER: FALCONIFORMES Family: Accipitridae (vulture, Sparrow hawk, Eagle, Harrier, Kite and Vulture) Shikra Shikra Accipiter badius R Black-winged Kite Black-winged Kite Elanus caeruleus R III. ORDER: : CICONIIFORMES Family: Anhingidae
Darter or Snake Birds Oriental Darter Anhinga melanogaster R
Family: Ardeidae (heron, Egret, Bittern)Pond Heron Indian Pond-Heron Ardeola grayii R Cattle Egret Cattle Egret Bubulcus ibis R
Median or Smaller Egret Intermediate Egret Mesophoyx intermedia Egretta intermedia R
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Old Common name New Common Name Scientific Name R-S Little Egret Little Egret Egretta garzetta R
Large Egret Great Egret Casmerodius albus Ardea alba RW
Family: Charadriidae (Plover, Stilt, Oystercatcher, Lapwing, Avocet )Black-winged Stilt Black-winged Stilt Himantopus himantopus R Red-wattled Lapwing Red-wattled Lapwing Vanellus indicus R Family: Ciconiidae (Open bill, stork, Adjutant)Openbill stork Asian Open bill Anastomus oscitans R Painted stork Painted stork Mycteria leucocephala R Family: Jacanidae (Jacana) Pheasant-tailed Jacana Pheasant-tailed Jacana Hydrophasianus chirurgus Family: Phalacrocoracidae ( Cormorant)Indian Shag Indian Cormorant Phalacrocorax fuscicollis R Little Cormorant Little Cormorant Phalacrocorax niger R Family: Pteroclidae (Sandgrouse)
Indian Sandgrouse Chestnut-bellied sandgrouse
Pterocles exustus R
Family: Threskiornithidae (Spoonbill and Ibis)Black Ibis Red-naped Ibis Pseudibis papillosa R IV ORDER: COLUMBIFORMES Family: Columbidae (Pigeon, Dove)Blue Rock Pigeon Rock Pigeon Columba livia R Ring Dove Eurasian Collared-Dove Streptopelia decaocto R Rufous Turtle Dove Oriental Turtle-Dove Streptopelia orientalis R V : ORDER: CORACIFORMES Family: Dacelonidae (King fishers)White breasted Kingfisher White-throated Kingfisher Halcyon smyrnensis R Family: Cerylidae Pied Kingfisher Pied Kingfisher Ceryle rudis Family: Coraciidae (Roller) BlueJay or Roller Indian Roller Coracias benghalensis R Family: Meropidae (Bee Eater) Chestnut-headed Bee-eater Chestnut-headed Bee-eater Merops leschenaulti R VI. ORDER: CUCULIFORMES Family: Centropodidae (Cocucal)Crow-Pheasant or Coucal Greater Coucal Centropus sinensis R Family: Cuculidae (Cuckoo, Koel)Koel Asian Koel Eudynamys scolopacea R Indian Drongo Cuckoo Drongo Cuckoo Surniculus lugubris R VII. ORDER: GALLIFORMES Family: Phasianidae (Peafowl , Partridge, Quail, francolin, spur fowl, jungle fowl, Monal)Common Peafowl Indian Peafowl Pavo cristatus R Family: Gruidae (Crane) Sarus Crane Sarus Crane Grus antigone R Family: Rallidae ( Waterhen, coot, crake water cock, Moorhen, Rail,)White-breasted Water hen White-breasted Water hen Amaurornis phoenicurus R Purple Moorhen Purple Swamp hen Porphyrio porphyrio R Indian Moorhen Indian Moorhen Gallinula chloropus R VIII . ORDER: PASSERIFORMES Family: Paridae (Tit ) Grey Tit Great Tit Parus major R Family: Corvidae Large Cuckoo-shrike Large Cuckoo-shrike Coracina macei R
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Old Common name New Common Name Scientific Name R-S Coracina novaehollandiae
Raven Common Raven Corvus corax R House Crow House Crow Corvus splendens R Tree Pie Rufous Treepie Dendrocitta vagabunda R Golden-Oriole Eurasian Golden-Oriole Oriolus oriolus Family: Laniidae (shrike) Rufous backed Shrike Long-tailed Shrike Lanius schach R Grey Shrike Northern Shrike Lanius excubitor R Family: Muscicapidae ( Short wing, Chat, Robin, ShamaIndian Robin Indian Robin Saxicoloides fulicata R Pied Bushchat Pied Bush chat Saxicola caprata R Family: Nectariniidae ( Sun Birds, Flower pecker, Spider hunter )Purple Sunbird Purple Sunbird Nectarinia asiatica R Small Sunbird Crimson-backed Sunbird Nectarinia minima R Family: Passeridae ( Avadavat, Pipit, Wagtail, Munia, Snow finch, sparrow, weaver ,Accentor)House Sparrow House Sparrow Passer domesticus R Grey Tit Great Tit Parus major R Family: Pycnonotidae (Bulbul, ) Red-vented Bulbul Red-vented Bulbul Pycnonotus cafer R Family: Sturnidae (Myna, Starling)Bank Myna Bank Myna Acridotheres ginginianus R Brahminy Myna Brahminy Starling Sturnus pagodarum RIndian Myna Common Myna Acridotheres tristis R Family: Sylviidae ( Warbler, Browning, Fulvetta ,Babbler, Laughing thrash, Tailor birds,Common Babbler Common Babbler Turdoides caudatus R Jungle Babbler Jungle Babbler Turdoides striatus R Tailorbird Common Tailorbird Orthotomus sutorius R IX. ORDER: PSITTACIFORMES Family: Psittacidae (Parrot and Parakeet)Rose-ringed Parakeet Rose-ringed Parakeet Psittacula krameri R Note: R = Widespread Resident, r= Very Local Resident, RW =Resident and winter visitor Ref WCMC, Check list of Indian Birds Kumar, A., J.P. Sati and P.C. Tak (2003): Checklist of Indian Water birds. BUCEROS 8 (1): 30 pp 1.13.2 Butterflies from the study area: Butterflies observed during the present study are documented in the Table #6
Table # 6 Butterflies in the study area # Scientific name & family Common name 1 Family Papilionidae 1/1 Papilio polytes Linnaeus Common Mormon 2 Family: Pieridae 2/1 Eurema hecabe Linnaeus Common Grass yellow 3/2 Catopsilia pomona Fabricius Common Emigrant 4/3 Catopsilia pyranthe Linnaeus Mottled Emigrant 5/4 Ixias mariane Cramer White orange tip 6/5 Ixias pyrene Linnaeus Yellow orange tip 2 Family: Nymphalidae 7/1 Danaus genutia Cramer Stripped Tiger 8/2 Hypolimanas misippus Linnaeus Danaid egg fly 9/3 Mycalesis perseus Fabricius Common bush brown
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
1.13.3. Herpetofauna : Reptiles document in the region is given in the Table #7
Table#7 Reptiles in the study area # Scientific name Common name 1 Calotes versicolor (Daudin) Common garden lizard 2 Ptyas mucosus (Linn.) Common rat snake 3 Varanus bengalensis ( Daudin) Common Indian monitor 4 Eutropis carinata (Schneider) Brahminy skink 5 Hemidactylus flaviviridis (Ruppell) House Gecko 6 Sitana ponticeriana ( Cuvier) Fan-Throated Lizard 7 Naja naja (Linn.) Indian Cobra 8 Daboia russelii ( Shaw and Nodder) Russell’s Viper 9 Bungarus caeruleus ( Schneider Common Indian Krait
= Not sighted but included as per the information provided by villagers ,during the interaction
with them with pictorial presentation.
1.13.4. Mammals: The wild mammals observed other than domesticated ones from study area is documented in the Table #8
Table #8 : Mammals in the study area S. No Scientific name Common Name 1 Mus booduga (Gray) Indian field mouse
2 Herpestes edwardsi (Geoffroy) Common Mongoose
3 Lepus sp. Hare
4 Funambulus pennanii ( Wroughton) Five striped Palm squirrel
5 Boselaphus tragocamelus (Pallas) Nilgai
6 Semnopithecus entellus (Dufresne) Bengal Hanuman Langur,
7 Sus scrofa Linnaeus Wild Boars
= Not sighted but included as per the information provided by villagers ,during the interaction with them with pictorial presentation.
1.14. Rare and Endangered fauna of the study area:
1.14.1 As per IUCN RED (2010) list
The IUCN Red List is the world's most comprehensive inventory of the global
conservation status of plant and animal species. It uses a set of criteria to evaluate the
extinction risk of thousands of species and subspecies. These criteria are relevant to all
species and all regions of the world. With its strong scientific base, the IUCN Red List is
recognized as the most authoritative guide to the status of biological diversity.
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
A taxon is Near Threatened, when it has been evaluated against the criteria but does not
qualify for Critically Endangered, Endangered or Vulnerable categories, but is close to
qualifying or is likely to qualify for a threatened category in the near future. As per IUCN
Red list of threatened species (2012),among the sighted animal species (Grus antigone)
Sarus Crane is cataegorized as vulnerable, two birds are grouped under near threatened
category Painted stork (Mycteria leucocephala), Oriental Darter(Anhinga melanogaster )
None of them sited with in 1km radius from the well location. Table # 9 Threatened, Near Threatened and Vulnerable birds of the study area
Species Habitat Location Coordinates Number Threat status (IUCN,2012)
Sarus Crane (Grus Antigone)
Shallow Water bodies, Paddy Fields
Sarthal Village
220 43’ 39.2” 720 29’ 35.1” Two Vulnerable
ver. 3.1
Painted stork (Mycteria leucocephala)
Shallow water bodies, Trees near water bodies
Rajpur Village
220 45’ 37.0” 720 29’ 22.7.”
Four Near threatened ver.3.1
Oriental Darter (Anhinga melanogaster)
Shallow water bodies, Paddy fields
Sarthal Village Near GIDC Dholka
220 43’ 42.8” 720 29’ 47.7.1” 220 42’ 51.6” 720 28’ 20.3”
One one
Near threatened ver.3.1
Source: IUCN Red list of threatened species, 2012. and Bird life international 2010 1.14.2 As per Indian Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972
Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972, as amended on 17th January 2003, is an Act to provide
for the protection of wild animals, birds and plants and for matters connected therewith
or ancillary or incidental thereto with a view to ensuring the ecological and environmental
security of the country.
Some of the sighted fauna were given protection by the Indian Wild Life
(Protection)Act,1972 by including them in different schedules .Among the birds in the
study area, Pea fowl (Pavo cristatus) is included in schedule I .of Wild life protection Act
(1972), while many other birds are included in schedule IV.
Among the reptiles, Indian Cobra (Naja naja), and Common rat snake (Ptyas mucosus)
were provided protection as per Schedule-II of Wild life protection act, (1972).
Among mammals; Bengal hanuman langur (Semnopithecus entellus (Dufresne) and
Common Mongoose (Herpestes edwardsi), are a schedule –II mammals. Nilgai
(Boselaphus tragocamelus) and Wild Boars (Sus scrofa Linnaeus are provided
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
protection by incorporating them in schedule–III, is a Schedule -II mammal. Hares and
five stripped squirrels are included in schedule IV of Wild Life Protection act 1972. Table#10 : Species provided Protection as per Wild Life Protection Act 1972
Group Species Schedule
Birds Pea fowl (Pavo cristatus), schedule I
Most of other birds Schedule-IV
Reptiles Indian Cobra (Naja naja), Schedule-II
Common rat snake (Ptyas mucosus) Schedule-II
Mammals
Common Mongoose (Herpestes edwardsi), Schedule-II
Five striped Palm squirrel
(Funambulus pennanii ( Wroughton)) Schedule-IV
Hare (Lepus sp.) Schedule-IV
Nilgai (Boselaphus tragocamelus) Schedule-III
Bengal Hanuman Langur, (Semnopithecus
entellus (Dufresne)
Schedule-II
Wild Boars (Sus scrofa Linnaeus Schedule-III
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
1.15 Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures
S. No
Potential Impacts Comments
1 Habitat Change /Habitat loss As all these two Development wells are located in the already procured land during the exploratory drilling operation No conversion of the land is required for the development of these wells. Moreover no additional footprint is required for the establishment of these Early production systems. Proper Preparation planning should include consideration of eventual decommissioning and restoration.
2 Habitat disturbances Some disturbances envisaged due to long term occupation and permanent structure. Consider locating all facilities at single site to minimize foot print.
3 Displacement No impact 4 Blockage of area No impact 5 Breeding area No breeding area near the identified EPS
No impact 6 Migratory area No impact 7 Herbivores grazing pattern Originally Agriculture land not meant for
grazing, no impact 8 Removal of vegetation Minimum vegetation removal,
10 Lighting and Camp activities Long term , transient impact Light sources should be properly shaded and directed onto site area. To avoid disturbances to the animals and local people.
11 Road construction vegetation clearing Existing road network available no impact 12 Access Permanent long term access routes
required. Appropriate design and management plan required in particular to long term disturbances from vehicular traffic volume and density in terms of environmental receptors (agriculture fields) and local population.
13 Site preparation vegetation clearing Already developed area during exploratory drilling
14 Flaring impact All the flaring should be elevated flare to protect the surrounding crops Flaring of produced gas is the most significant source of air emission, flaring may occur on occasions as safety measures also
15 Operation phase :Air Emission The primary source of atmospheric emission from operation well arise from
• Faring, venting and purging gases
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
• Diesel engines • Air borne particulates from soil
disturbances during construction and from vehicular traffic
Principal emission include carbon monoxide , Carbon dioxide , VOC, and nitrogen oxides and sulphur dioxides During production, increased level of emission occurs in the immediate vicinity of operation. The agriculture fields surrounding these EPS likely to be subjected to the affected directly due to these emissions.
16
Operation phase Terrestrial Impacts
Potential impact to the soil arise from two basic sources
• Physical disturbances as a result of construction
• Contamination resulting from spillage, leakage
Simple preventive techniques such as segregated and contained drainage system, for process area incorporating sumps and oil traps , leak minimization measures, and drip pans should be incorporated in maintenance procedure Such measures will effectively remove any potential impact arising from small spills and leakage on site.
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
1.16 CONSERVATION PLAN FOR THREATENED FAUNA 1.16.1 Conservation plan for Sarus Crane (IUCN Categorized Vulnerable species)
Sarus Crane (Grus antigone) is a large non migratory bird found in Indian sub-continent,
South Asia and Australia. The tallest of flying bids standing at a height of up to 5.9 ft.
They are conspicuous and iconic species of open wetlands. The Sarus crane can be
easily distinguished by other cranes in the region by the overall grey color and the
contrasting red color head and upper neck. They forage on marshes and shallow
wetlands for roots, tubers, insects, crustaceans and small vertebrates prey. Like other
cranes they form long lasting pair bonds and maintain territories within which they
perform territorial and courtship display which includes loud trumpeting, leaps and dance
like movement. In India they are considered symbol of marital fidelity. The main breeding
season is during rainy season. The neck and head is brighter during the breeding
season.
Sarus Crane Survey
Buffer zone of the study area has been reported as a habitat of Sarus crane as the wide
spread agriculture field with paddy cultivation. More efforts made to assess their habitat,
in the study area. The core zone (1 km of each well location) and buffer zone (5 km
radius area of the each well location) was examined to understand the status of the
Sarus crane in this region.
Habitat and Ecology: Sarus cranes are mostly non-migratory in India. The Indian Sarus Cranes (Grus
Antigone) have adapted to the dense human population in India, and interact closely
with people in areas where traditions of tolerance prevail. Throughout their range Sarus
Cranes utilize a wide variety of landscapes, depending on food availability, cropping
patterns, and other seasonal factors. Their optimal habitat includes a combination of
small seasonal marshes, floodplains, human-altered ponds, fallow and cultivated lands(
paddy fields). Often they focus their foraging on underground tubers of native wetland
vegetation such as Eleocharis spp.
Breeding pairs place their nests in a wide variety of natural wetlands, along canals and
irrigation ditches, beside village ponds, and in rice fields. Compared to other crane
species, Sarus Cranes will utilize open areas where wetlands occur as well as in open
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
grasslands more so than other crane species. Where possible, the nests are located in
shallow water, where short emergent vegetation is dominant. For nesting, use of human-
dominated wetlands is most common in India.
Mated pairs of cranes, including Sarus Cranes, engage in unison calling, which is a
complex and extended series of calls where male and female vocalizations differ but are
coordinated. The birds stand in a specific posture, usually with their heads thrown back
and beaks skyward during the display. In Sarus Cranes the female initiates the display
and utters two calls for each male call. The male always lifts up his wings over his back
during the unison call while the female keeps her wings folded at her sides. All cranes
engage in dancing, which includes various behaviors such as bowing, jumping, running,
stick or grass tossing, and wing flapping. Dancing can occur at any age and is commonly
associated with courtship; however, it is generally believed to strengthen the pair bond.
Nests of all Sarus Cranes consist of wetland vegetation. In India, nests located in
flooded rice paddies are constructed entirely of rice stalks. Indian Sarus Cranes breed
primarily during the rains, with few pairs breeding outside this season in response to
chick loss and creation of nesting habitat due to flooding caused by irrigation canals.
Females usually lay two eggs and incubation (by both sexes) lasts 31-34 days. The male
takes the primary role in defending the nest against possible danger. Chicks fledge (first
flight) at 50-65 days Habitat in the study area
No Sarus crane found in the core zone of the two EPS. One direct sighting of a pair
Sarus crane were done in the paddy fields near the Sarthal village (220 43’ 39.2” ,720
29’ 35.1”) located in the outskirt of the study area . Day time they are moving mainly in
the agriculture fields and shallow water bodies or muddy areas.
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
General Food Habits
All cranes are omnivorous. Sarus Cranes feed on aquatic plants such as tubers of
sedges (such as Eleocharis spp.), invertebrates, grains, small vertebrates, and insects Threats in the study area:
The globally threatened Sarus Crane (Grus antigone) occurs mostly in landscapes
dominated by agriculture; it is therefore vulnerable to extinction caused by human-
related disturbance and mortality. The Sarus Crane's increased use of rice paddies as
breeding habitat has fueled concerns that the species is being forced to use suboptimal
habitats.
Change is land use, especially the shift to cultivation to other cash crops instead of
paddy along with losses in wetland have led to the decline of the species. Indiscriminate
use of pesticides, high-tension electric cables and hunting for meat will have contributed
towards the bird's decline
Wetland loss and degradation are critical problems throughout the range of Sarus
Cranes. Destruction of wetlands due to agricultural expansion, however, is increasing
dramatically and poses a significant threat as well. These threats reflect increasing
human population pressures .The future of the Indian Sarus Crane is closely tied to the
quality of small wetlands in India that experience heavy human use, such as: high rates
of sewage inflow, extensive agricultural runoff, high levels of pesticide residues, and
intensification of agricultural systems.
Unique to this area in Gujarat especially in the Ahmedabad, Anand and Kheda district is
that ,favorable attitudes of farmers still allow Sarus Cranes to nest in rice paddies.
Vegetation changes and disturbance during crop harvesting likely decreased brood
survival. Maintaining a patchwork of shallow wetlands in rice-dominated landscapes and
ensuring that farmers retain a positive attitude toward the species are crucial for survival
of Sarus Crane nests and broods.
The Indian Sarus Crane has proven to be highly adaptable in the face of high human
population pressures. The birds are able to use even small wetlands if they are not
persecuted or heavily disturbed. Breeding pairs and families with pre-fledged chicks are
typically dispersed among scattered natural and artificial wetlands. Adult pairs will use
drier habitats such as cultivated and fallow fields.
More over Local traditions and religious beliefs have protected the species in many parts
of its range,
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Study Area as a Sarus Crane Habitat– Conclusion
In the Present survey of Sarus crane in both core zone and buffer zone indicates that
Sarus cranes are not observed in the core zone of the study area as these two wells,
which are located closer to the village Ambaliyara. Only one sighting occurred during the
survey period near Sarthal Village located far away from the development wells.
The villagers are also well aware of Sarus crane habitat and habits. In study area also
they are using only wet marsh of paddy fields for their feeding and breeding activities.
Above study of Sarus crane indicates that proposed project will not have any significant
impact on the Sarus crane in terms of their normal movement, activities and habitat.
However it is necessary to take some management option like habitat improvement in
the project site. So the habitat improvement Programme will be undertaken in different
part of the study area. Conservation through habitat improvement and awareness
Education and Training
• Public education programs involving the Sarus Crane have special opportunities to
emphasize the uniqueness of the Sarus Crane as the world’s tallest flying bird; the
importance of wetland conservation and sustainable use of wetland resources.
• Develop local school programs that focus on the biology of cranes, threats to cranes,
minimizing of human impacts, and prevention of egg-stealing and chick-capturing.
• Support farmer education and extension programs to improve farm practices and to
provide information about sustainable agricultural practices and the importance of
wetlands.
• Conflicts with farmers in the state are another cause for the declining population of
the birds.
• "Sarus being a bird in the habitat outside the forested landscape is often
encountered in agricultural fields and hence the people's attitude to Sarus is of
significant importance. Destruction of Sarus nests, stilling of eggs, occasional
hunting, mortality related to power lines have been the direct threats to Sarus.
But it is clear that serious steps need to be taken in the state to save India's only
resident, breeding crane from extinction.
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
1.16.2 Conservation Measures for Peacock or Indian peafowl (Pavo cristatus) Schedule –I bird species
No other fauna that falls under the scheduled-I category was reported from the study
area except Peacock or Indian peafowl (Pavo cristatus) . the rest of the fauna reported
from the study area, falls under either in schedule-II, Schedule-III or Schedule-IV of the
wild Life Protection Act 1972. Most of these species are not conservation dependant in
Gujarat, and they are proliferating itself in its own habitats. Few of them like Nilgai and
wild boar has become threat to the farmers as they are invading their cops very
frequently in this region. Hence conservation measures are not provided for these
animals
Peacock or Indian peafowl (Pavo cristatus) is a very familiar bird of Gujarat also
recognized as National Bird of India. The few population of this pheasant was reported
from the some villages of the study area.. The male peacock is predominantly blue with
a fan-like crest of spatula-tipped wire-like feathers and is best known for the long train
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
made up of elongated upper-tail; these stiff and elongated feathers are raised into a fan
and quivered in a display during courtship. The female lacks this feathers
Description:
The male, known as a peacock, is a large bird with a length from bill to tail of 100 to
115 cm (40 to 46 inches) and to the end of a fully grown train as much as 195 to 225 cm
(78 to 90 inches) and weigh 4–6 kg (8.8–13.2 lbs). The females, or peahens, are smaller
at around 95 cm (38 inches) in length and weigh 2.75–4 kg (6–8.8 lbs). Indian Peafowl
are among the largest and heaviest representatives of the Phasianidae family. Their
size, colour and shape of crest make them unmistakable within their native distribution
range. The male is metallic blue on the crown, the feathers of the head being short and
curled. The fan-shaped crest on the head is made of feathers with bare black shafts and
tipped with blush-green webbing. A white stripe above the eye and a crescent shaped
white patch below the eye are formed by bare white skin. The sides of the head have
iridescent greenish blue feathers. The back has scaly bronze-green feathers with black
and copper markings. The scapular and the wings are buff and barred in black, the
primaries are chestnut and the secondaries are black. The tail is dark brown and the
"train" is made up of elongated upper tail coverts (more than 200 feathers, the actual tail
has only 20 feathers) and nearly all of these feathers end with an elaborate eye-spot. A
few of the outer feathers lack the spot and end in a crescent shaped black tip. The
underside is dark glossy green shading into blackish under the tail. The thighs are buff
coloured. The male has a spur on the leg above the hind toe.
Peacocks are polygamous, and the breeding season is spread out but appears to be
dependent on the rains. Several males may congregate at a lek site and these males are
often closely related. Males at lek appear to maintain small territories next to each other
and they allow females to visit them and make no attempt to guard harems. Females do
not appear to favour specific males.
Peafowl are omnivorous and eat seeds, insects, fruits, and reptiles. A large percentage
of their food is made up of the fallen berries .Around cultivated areas, peafowl feed on a
wide range of crops such as groundnut, tomato, paddy, etc. Around human habitations,
they feed on a variety of food scraps. In the countryside, it is particularly partial to crops
and garden plants
Habitat:
The Indian Peafowl is found mainly on the ground in open scrub forest or on land under
cultivation where they forage for berries, grains but will also prey on snakes, lizards, and
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
small rodents. Their loud calls make them easy to detect, and in forest areas often
indicate the presence of a predator such as a tiger. They forage on the ground in small
groups and will usually try to escape on foot through undergrowth and avoid flying,
though they will fly into tall trees to roost. The bird has a celebrated status in Indian
mythology, and hence protected culturally in India especially in Gujarat. The Indian
Peafowl is listed as Least Concern by IUCN.
Status in the study area:
No peacock was sighted in the projects site. All the direct sightings of the peacock were
located near the agriculture lands and near habitations. This species is well adapted to
natural village environment setting. Day time they temporarily move towards the
surrounding agriculture areas for feeding while during night time they roost on the trees
present in the village and in the agriculture hedges Threats in the Study Area
No perceptible threats were identified in the villages surveyed. Village residents are
against hunting or poaching of the peafowl, due to culture and mythology reasons. Adult
peafowl can usually escape ground predators by flying into trees. Foraging in groups
provides some safety as there are more eyes to look out for predators Conservation through Habitat Improvement and Awareness.
Habitat improvement programme will be undertaken through plantation of suitable tree
species in the surrounding villages. While selecting the tree/ shrub species care shall be
provided for beery plants which attract these birds.
During summer period, villagers will be encouraged to use the old earthen pots to fill with
water for drinking these birds
Summer is the time when these. birds are facing shortage of feeds, there by supplying
the feed like Bajri, Juwar, Maize to the identified villages will suffix the problem of food
shortage. The proponent can directly supply these feed to the villages directly or by
funding to the NGOs active in this mission.
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Annexure 6
Detail Land use report
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Satellite Data Analysis and Interpretation within 10 Km Area for project site of Oil Exploration Project by GSPC at Ambliyara village in Ahmedabad District, Gujarat Submitted To: DeTox Corporation Pvt. Ltd., Surat
Prepared By: Enviro-GIS Services, Vadodara
Submission Date: 24th August, 2013
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
August, 2013 Enviro-GIS Service
Land use/cover study 2
1. Introduction and Background
1.1 Project Proponent Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited (GSPC) has been established in year
1979 as a Government of Gujarat undertaking and is involved in exploration and
production of Oil and Gas.
GSPC has grown from being an operator of small fields in Gujarat into an expensive
oil and gas exploration and production company across India. Its rise in the
hydrocarbon sector was helped by the Central Government’s opening of the sector
to private participation in the early 1990s. GSPC constructed India’s first and only
Land Based Drilling Platform in the Hazira gas field in 1998, through which gas is
being supplied to various industries across Gujarat.
In the last few years GSPC has played a pioneering role in the development of the
Nation’s hydrocarbon resources, most notably, with its discoveries in the Krishna-
Godavari Basin (Offshore).
1.2 Product Profile GSPC Limited now proposes to establish two Surface Production Systems (EPS) at
Village: Ambliyara, Taluka: Dholka, District Ahmedabad.
Table 1: Product Profile
Proposed wellsProducts
M-1 M 1 A-1
Crude oil 2-4 m3/day 2-4 m3/day Associate Gas 100-150 m3/day 120-200 m3/day
1.3 Project Background The proposed wells i.e EPS#M1 and M1A1 fall under the drilling block CB-ONN-
2002/3 under NELP IV Sanand Miroli Block in Cambay Basin. Company has
obtained environment clearance for the drilling activity from MoEF vide letter no. F.
No. J-11011/1046/2007-IA-II (I) dated 07th February 2007. Accordingly GSPC
Limited had executed the drilling of 17 wells in block CB-ONN-2002/3 and based on
the availability of oil, company has decided to start production activity at the
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
August, 2013 Enviro-GIS Service
Land use/cover study 3
proposed well locations i.e M-1 and M 1 A-1 by establishing EPS (Surface
Production System).
1.4 Regulatory Framework The proposed project is considered as category ‘A’ project and listed in Sr. no. 1 (b)
of EIA notification dated 14th September, 2006 and accordingly application for
Environment Clearance has been made to MoEF.
1.5 Salient features of site The salient features of site are as noted in Table 2
Table 2: Salient Features of Site EPS well M 1 M 1 A1 Survey no. 832,833,835,836,838 827, 828 Village Taluka District State
Ambliyara Dholka Ahmedabad Gujarat
Type of land Land already procured by GSPC Limited Total land acquired 19410.81 sq.m 14917.10 sq.m Latitude of project site Longitude of project site
22°45’38.30”N 72º30’35.20” E
22°45’27.78”N 72º30’44.34” E
Nearest road connectivity NH 8 : ∼ 8 Km and NH 8A:~13 km Nearest rail connectivity Ahmedabad station
Approx 30 Km Ahmedabad station Approx 31 Km
Nearest habitation Approx 1.30 Km Approx 1.68 Km Nearest Lake/ pond/ reservoir/ canal
Lake: approx 0.70 Km
Lake: approx 0.74 Km
Nearest city Ahmedabad Ahmedabad Source of water Tanker water/
Ground water Tanker water/ Ground water
Source of electricity State Electricity Board Any Protected areas notified under Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972, Notified Eco sensitive area, Interstate boundary in 5 Km radius
None within 5 Km radius
Critically polluted area None within 10 Km radius
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
August, 2013 Enviro-GIS Service
Land use/cover study 4
1.6 Need of the Project The proposed project is aimed at increasing the production towards filling the gap
between national crude oil demand and supply. Also it will help in meeting the
energy requirements of the nation and generate employment opportunities.
1.7 Land Area Break up The detailed land area break up for the proposed project site is as mentioned below:
Table 3: Land area break up
Purpose Land area for M 1 Land area for M 1 A1 Build up area 678 sq m 550 sq mOpen area 12326.8 sq m 9444.1 sq mGreen belt area 6406 sq m 4923 sq m Total area 19410.81 sq.m 14917.10 sq.m
Green belt development shall be done in phase wise manner wherein initially 10 %
green belt shall be developed and in later stage of project the same shall be
expanded.
Table 4: Green belt development plan
EPS Phase 1 Phase 2 Phase 3 M 1 1941.08 sq m 1941.08 sq m 2523.84 sq m M 1 A 1 1491.71 sq m 1491.71 sq m 1939.58 sq m
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
August, 2013 Enviro-GIS Service
Land use/cover study 5
2 Process Description
2.1 Product details GSPC Limited proposes to establish EPS at Village: Ambliyara, District: Ahmedabad
with the production capacity as motioned in Table
Table 5: Product Profile
M-1 M 1 A-1 Crude oil 2-4 m3/day 2-4 m3/day Associate Gas 100-150 m3/day 120-200 m3/day
2.2 Fuel details Fuel used will be mainly in form of diesel for operation of stand by DG sets. The
detail of diesel consumption is as mentioned in Table .
Table 6: Detail of fuel consumption
EPS Fuel used QuantityM 1 Diesel 4 liter/hour M 1 A1 Diesel 4 liter/hour
Diesel shall be procured from local vendors as per the requirement.
2.3 Process Description Surface facility has been designed considering potential of well for the handling of
produced Fluid/hydrocarbons (Oil, Gas & water) from the Oil well. Surface production
facility mainly comprises of production, separation, storage, heating, crude loading
including fire fighting pump, fire hydrants and other safety provisions as per statutory
guidelines.
Reservoir pressure at both the site is sufficient for the production of crude oil and
natural gas. Initially oil shall be produced due to the naturally occurring pressure i.e.
self flow at site. After depletion of reservoir pressure, artificial lift will be installed to
lift the fluid from well bore up to surface.
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
August, 2013 Enviro-GIS Service
Land use/cover study 6
Process of Storage/handling of Hydrocarbon: Produced hydrocarbons from wells
flows through 4” over ground pipe line up to EPS main header.
Firstly in to the well manifold then the Fluid (Oil + gas) flows into the separators for
separation of Oil & Gas.
a. Handling of Crude oil: Separated oil flows into the over head storage tanks for
measurement & storage. Oil will be loaded in Oil tankers vide loading platform and
transported to ONGC-CTF Tank.
b. Handling of produced associated gas: Gas is piped to the Gas flow line after
measurement through gas meter. The gas will be fed to bath heater and the
remaining gas will go to flare stack for flaring. In order to operate the wells for the
production of oil and gas, EPS was established.
Once the Crude Oil and associated gas are extracted from ground either due to self
pressure or with the help of pump jack, they will be diverted to two phase separator
wherein due to their density difference the same shall be separated.
Crude Oil shall be transferred to the temporary storage tanks and later transported to
ONGC for further processing. Two storage tanks shall be provided for temporary
storage of oil at site. Each tank shall have storage capacity of 45 m3. Oil shall be
maintained in liquid form by providing heat through bath heaters.
Associated gas will be used in bath heaters. Technical flaring of gas shall be
envisaged. The height of stack shall be 9 m from ground level as per OMR 1984
guideline.
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
August, 2013 Enviro-GIS Service
Land use/cover study 7
3 Study Area & Classification System
3.2 Study Area
The study area is within 10 km radius of project site at Ambliyara village, Dholka
taluka of Ahmedabad District. Area covers total around 48 villages of Dholka, Bavla
and Daskroi taluka of Ahmedabad district and Kheda taluka of Kheda district as
shown in the Map 1. Figure also depicts the major road and railways and canals
passing through the study area. The boundary of the village locations has been
derived from the Census of India maps.
3.3 Classification of Land use and Land cover
The classification system followed for land use/cover classification was same as
published by National Remote Sensing Agency (NRSA), Government of India, in the
year 1988-89. This is two level of classification system with seven classes in first
levels. This system of classification requires some modification and made to include
additional sub-categories which are more relevant in describing the land use/cover
for a particular study area. A synopsis of the classification is summarized and
presented in Table 7.
Table 7: Synopsis of Land use/cover Classification System
S. No. First Level Classification Second Level Classification
1. Built-up Land or Habitation Residential / Commercial Industrial
2. Agricultural Land Crop Land Fallow Land Plantations
3. Forests
Evergreen / Semi-Evergreen Forests Deciduous Forests Close Forests Open Forests Degraded Forest or Scrub Forest Blank Forest Plantations Mangroves
4. Wastelands Salt-Affected Land Waterlogged Land Marshy / Swampy Land / Mud Land Area
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
August, 2013 Enviro-GIS Service
Land use/cover study 8
S. No. First Level Classification Second Level Classification Gullied / Ravenous Land Land without Scrub Sandy Area (Coastal and Desertic) Barren Rocky / Stony Waste / Sheet Rock Area
5. Water Bodies Reservoir / Lakes / Ponds / Tanks
River Beds
6. Others Shifting Cultivation Grassland / Grazing Land Snow Covered / Glacial Area
7. Vegetation Cover
Scrub Open vegetation Close vegetation Mangroves
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
August, 2013 Enviro-GIS Service
Land use/cover study 9
4 Methodology & Ground Survey
4.2 Methodology
DeTox Corporation Pvt. Ltd., Surat had entrusted the work to carry out - Satellite
Data Analysis and Interpretation for within 10 Km Area for Oil & Gas Exploration
project by GSPC at Ambliyara, Dholka taluka of Ahmedabad District, Gujarat. To
achieve above objective following methodology was employed for preparation of land
use/cover report.
• Study and collection of relevant documents and maps
• Interpretation of satellite data
• Field Survey / Ground Truthing
• Generation of final land use land cover map
• Impact assessment and mitigation measure suggestions
4.2.1 Study and collection of relevant documents and maps
4.2.1.1 Primary Data Collection The land use/land cover mapping was carried out using digital satellite imagery
procured from NRSA, Hyderabad. Details of the satellite data are as given in table 8
as under:
Table 8: Details of Satellite Data
Satellite Sensor Bands Year
Resourcesat 2 LISS IV 2,3,4 January, 2012
4.2.1.2 Secondary Data Collection
The ancillary data collected for the study were District planning series maps and
Census maps as base information for interpretation.
4.2.2 Interpretation of satellite data The study area was demarcated within the 10 km radius of the project site using
buffer option on the ancillary map collected. Satellite data was importing using
importing of data option and clubbing the three layers into the single layer for
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
August, 2013 Enviro-GIS Service
Land use/cover study 10
interpretation. The data was in standard projection system universally followed as
UTM.
Considering the basic elements of interpretation such as tone, size, shape, texture,
pattern, location, association, shadow, aspect and resolution along with ground truth
and ancillary information collected during the preliminary reconnaissance survey the
interpretation was accomplished. The classification scheme followed in the project
was according to NRSA classification system as mentioned in previous chapter.
4.2.3 Ground truth study Ground truth study comprises of data collection of ground features along with the
respective geographical position in terms of latitudes and longitudes with GPS. Using
all the collected information the data was interpreted. A detailed ground truth was
carried out to check the discrepancy of the interpreted data. This comprises of
respective geographical positions in terms of latitudes and longitude of ground
features.
4.2.4 Final Map preparation The proportional presence of different land uses and land cover in terms of statistical
percentages was derived for the study area. Appropriate legends were used to
represent the various categories of land use and land cover, and were then written
on the prepared land use and land cover maps.
4.3 Ground Survey
The field survey was carried out around radial distance of 10 km from the project
site; the site was visited on 19th August, 2013 for quality check of the map.
GPS readings were taken during the surveys wherever it was felt that additional
confirmation in interpretation of the data and also observations of land features were
noted. Additionally, spot checks were also done to confirm the land use / land cover
interpretation even where confidence of interpretation was high. Table 9 enumerates
the land features and its corresponding GPS readings of all the ground truthing
locations selected.
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
August, 2013 Enviro-GIS Service
Land use/cover study 11
Table 9: GPS Readings within Study Area
Sr. No. Latitude Longitude Village Site
1. 220 42’ 01.3” 720 35’ 04.0” Radhu Village
2. 220 42’ 42.4” 720 34’ 35.9” Radhu Agricultural land
3. 220 43’ 20.8” 720 34’ 43.7” Purshotampura -para Habitation
4. 220 43’ 59.9” 720 34’ 37.6” Near
Purshotampura - para
Agricultural land
5. 220 44’ 14.7” 720 34’ 37.7” Indiranagari para Habitation
6. 220 44’ 47.7” 720 34’ 28.3” Naika Village
7. 220 45’ 46.0” 720 34’ 26.6” Naika ONGC colony habitation
8. 220 46’ 16.2” 720 34’ 24.0” Nr Chalindra on Agricultural field
9. 220 46’ 24.0” 720 34’ 23.2” Chalindra Canal
10. 220 46’ 33.7” 720 34’ 33.9” Chalindra Waterbody
11. 220 47’ 54.4” 720 34’ 39.5” Navagam Habitation
12. 220 48’ 51.4” 720 34’ 51.3” Near Navagam Industrial Area
13. 220 49’ 23.6” 720 34’ 55.1” Near Navagam Industrial Area
14. 220 49’ 35.6” 720 32’ 35.6” Mahijda Waterbody
15. 220 49’ 34.8” 720 31’ 50.7” Mahijda - Timba Industrial Area
16. 220 49’ 33.3” 720 30’ 17.1” Near Saroda Sabarmati River
17. 220 49’ 12.3” 720 28’ 51.8” Near Saroda Canal
18. 220 48’ 58.2” 720 28’ 21.6” Near Saroda Rai University
19. 220 48’ 46.5” 720 27’ 56.0” Near Chaloda Vegetation Cover
20. 220 48’ 21.2” 720 26’ 54.7” Chaloda Waterbody
21. 220 47’ 27.9” 720 27’ 17.8” Vasna Keliya Plantation
22. 220 47’ 42.1” 720 28’ 42.4” Chandisar Eucalyptus Plantation
23. 220 47’ 47.6” 720 29’ 15.3” Chandisar Village
24. 220 46’ 42.7” 720 28’ 59.7” Durgipura Village
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
August, 2013 Enviro-GIS Service
Land use/cover study 12
Sr. No. Latitude Longitude Village Site
25. 220 46’ 25.3” 720 29’ 02.9” Durgipura Plantation
26. 220 45’ 40.2” 720 30’ 36.6” Amaliyara Village
27. 220 45’ 50.3” 720 30’ 22.8” Amaliyara Waterbody
28. 220 46’ 01.6” 720 29’ 54.4” Amaliyara Aquatic vegetation
29. 220 44’ 26.3” 720 27’ 20.6” Dholka City
30. 220 42’ 52.1” 720 28’ 19.6” Dholka GIDC Area
31. 220 42’ 03.1” 720 31’ 37.4” Rasikpura Bricks kiln
32. 220 42’ 14.3” 720 31’ 27.1” Rasikpura Village
33. 220 42’ 04.2” 720 32’ 18.1” Near Rasikpura Industrial Area
34. 220 42’ 05.0” 720 32’ 36.6” Near Rasikpura Plantation
35. 220 42’ 06.7” 720 33’ 28.3” Near Rasikpura Plantation
36. 220 42’ 07.6” 720 33’ 58.4” Near Radhu Open Vegetation
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
August, 2013 Enviro-GIS Service
Land use/cover study 13
5 Land Use/Cover Pattern of the Study Area The land use and land cover in the region comprises of thirteen categories viz.
Agriculture, Scrub, Open Vegetation, Close Vegetation, Habitation, Industrial Area,
Water body, River, Salt affected Land, Barren land, Sandy Area, Aquatic Vegetation
and Plantation. The image was classified into the above mentioned thirteen classes
for different regions of interest are given in Map 2. The photo documentation is as
given in Annexure1. Brief description of each type of the class forming land use and
land cover, derived from the remote sensing data analysis and the ground
observations are explained below.
5.2 Agriculture
The most observed category in the area was agriculture covering 78 per cent of the
study area. The major crop cultivated in the study area was mostly Paddy (Oryza
sativa) in rainy season, Wheat (Triticum aestivum) and fodder crop in winter season.
In central region mostly vegetables were grown and during summers as per the
availability of water crops were grown. Water for agriculture is essentially from canal
and bore well which goes upto 100fts in low line areas and in other areas 300-400fts.
5.3 Scrub
There are areas having sparse vegetation it is mainly covered by grasses these
areas are delineated as Scrub. As per the classification based on Forest Survey of
India the category denotes land having bushes and poor tree growth with canopy
density less than 10 percent. The Scrub category was mostly present near the
habitation.
5.4 Open Vegetation
The vegetation category Open was segregated based on the canopy density of 10 to
20 per cent. Open Vegetation was mostly of mixed type which includes Prosopis
juliflora, Acacia nilotica, Azadirachta indica etc.
5.5 Close Vegetation
The vegetation category Close was segregated based on the canopy density of
greater than 20 per cent. Close Vegetation was just 0.07 per cent of the study area.
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
August, 2013 Enviro-GIS Service
Land use/cover study 14
5.6 Habitation
Habitation category covers 3.37 per cent of the study area it includes Dholka taluka
headquaters.
5.7 Industrial Area
The Industrial Area delineated was of mixed type having polymers, iron, chemicals,
drugs and ceramics near Dholka. Mostly the bricks kiln were present in the study
area.
5.8 Water body
There were small scattered water bodies in the study area and biggest was at
Chalindra village.
5.9 River
Only river Sabarmati flows through the study area.
5.10 Salt affected Land
The land having no vegetation cover and giving pure white reflectance in the satellite
data was delineated as salt affected land. The salt affected land was just 0.05 per
cent of land.
5.11 Barren Land
The land having no vegetation cover giving blue reflectance in the satellite data was
delineated as Barren land. The barren land is present scattered within the study
area.
5.12 Sandy Area
Along the Sabarmati river 1.37 per cent of the area is covered by sandy region.
5.13 Aquatic Vegetation
The aquatic vegetation growing within the water body showed specific dirty red
reflectance. Aquatic vegetation growth is seen in some village ponds.
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
August, 2013 Enviro-GIS Service
Land use/cover study 15
5.14 Plantation
The plantation category was delineated based on pattern and dark red tone seen in
the data. This may be of horticultural trees like Guava, Custard apple, and in some
area Mango, Lemon and Chikoo. Also the timber trees like Eucalyptus sp. were also
grown.
5.15 Area Statistics of Land Use/ Cover Classes
The area statistics of these classes are presented in Table 10. The major portion of
the study region is covered by Agriculture followed by Open Vegetation and Scrub.
Table 10: Land use/cover Classes Area Statistics within 10 km Radius of
Project Site
Sr. No. Class Area (Ha.) Area (sq. km.) Area (%)
1. Agriculture 24672.18 246.72 78.57
2. Scrub 1415.91 14.16 4.51
3. Open Vegetation 1871.34 18.71 5.96
4. Close Vegetation 22.00 0.22 0.07
5. Habitation 1058.59 10.59 3.37
6. Industrial Area 620.00 6.20 1.97
7. Water Body 342.38 3.42 1.09
8. River 431.00 4.30 1.37
9. Salt Affected Land 15.29 0.15 0.05
10. Barren Land 87.67 0.88 0.28
11. Sandy Area 237.50 2.37 0.76
12. Aquatic Vegetation 65.05 0.65 0.21
13. Plantation 561.88 5.62 1.79
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
August, 2013 Enviro-GIS Service
Land use/cover study 19
ANNEXURE 1
PHOTO DOCUMENTATION
Photo 1: Paddy Crop Photo 2: Custard Apple Plantation
Photo 3: Aquatic Vegetation – Ambliyara village
Photo 4: Guava Plantation
Photo 5: Dholka GIDC Photo 6: Citrus plantation at Chitral
Village
Photo 7: Canal Photo 8: Sabarmati River
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Annexure 7
Socioeconomic study report
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
SOCIO ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT PLAN
INTRODUCTION
The socio economic development aspects are detailed out in socio economic
environment. Technical impacts of the proposed project are also well analyzed in an
appropriate place of the projects. Though there are no irreparable damaging impacts of
project. The present study aims at the focusing the development opportunities emerging
out of the new investment which would lead to direct and indirect benefits. In view of the
potential benefits of such kind the present exercise of systematic development plan is
undertaken with back drop of essential human development and welfare in the area of
education and health care of the project area.
However the full scale implementation will depend upon the all the stake holders and
potentials of development including project expanding company and villages of the
project areas.
The Socio economic features of the project have been presented under two broad heads
of secondary data. The primary data has been collected from the field visits. The
immediate impact zone of the project site has been covered through the primary
surveys. The immediate impact zone has been defined within a radial distance of 5 km.
the source of information collected has been made by contacts with the villagers,
sarpanch, talati, school teachers and prominent people in the villages.
The detailed data has been processed in specific tabulation with due care of its
verification. In order to retained the flow of analysis and linkages with different
components of the social and economic structure and environment. We have classified
the details of primary data in the following sub heads and wherever, required secondary
data collected from authentic sources have also been used with appropriate mention of
their sources.
With an aim to highlighting the strength and weakness of the villages likely to be
impacted by pant, we have done adequate analysis and synthesis to clearly bring out the
relevant observations appropriate socio economic development plan could be drawn.
PROJECT AND PROJECT AREA
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Ltd. (GSPC) has already its plant in this area. This
corporate social responsibility company brings out the expansion of the project worth Rs.
Approximately 1 crores in the development of production facilities at each sides which
will generate considerable direct and indirect benefits for the project area such as direct
employment of skilled and unskilled labour and new infrastructural facilities.
The proposed project falls in “industrial area” far away from forest etc. the main location
is at Ambaliyara village of Dholka Taluka of Ahmedabad district.
The villages within the radius of 10 Km radius are as mentioned below.
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
List of villages
Sr.
no. Village name
1. Ambliyara/Dariyapura
2. Chitrasar
3. Sathal
4. Kaloli
5. Rajpur
6. Jalapur Verifa
7. Chandisar
8. Dharoda
SOCIO ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT OF THE PROJECT AREA VILLAGES
Socio economic data are drawn from the primary sources like census and district
statistical hand book etc. We defined the frame work of socio economic environment in
terms of the following components
1. Demographic characteristics which defines the human development level of the
village community
2. Economic characteristics which provides indicator of the economic development
level
3. Social data matrix which provide the social composition of the community which
would reflect the socio cultural dimensions
A detailed analysis will not only highlight the relevant issues but also would provide
guiding path of the development of the project area villages.
DEMOGRAPHIC CHARACTERS
Demographic data of the project area provides human development indicators. Very
selected data of the total project area i. e all the villages are briefly summarized in the
following figures, while village wise details are shown in the table 1 and table 2
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Secondary data demographic structure of the project area is collected from census book
2001 is as mentioned below:
Table 1: Demographic structure of the project area
Total population 23686
Total house hold 4702
Total male population 12478
Total female population 11208
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Sex ratio 1.11%
Literate population 13423
Female literacy 4942
Female literacy ratio 36.82%
Tribal population 4177
Tribal population ratio 17.63%
Non tribal population 19509
Total working population 11232
Total non working population 10782
INFRASTRUCTURAL SUPPORT FACILITIES IN THE PROJECT AREA
Infrastructural facilities and resources exhibit the essential support for the realization of
potential and rapid economic development of villages. Some of the selected indicators of
the infrastructural facilities are under mentioned in the table for the project area
Secondary data for infrastructural support of the project area is collected during the site
visit is mentioned as below table
Table 2: Infrastructural indicators of project area
Sr.
no
Indicator (1) (2) (3) (4)
a) Educational facility Primary
school
Secondary
school
College/
higher
education
--
√ √ √ --
b) Medical facility Primary
health
centre
Private clinics Hospitals Specialist
hospital
√ √ √ √
c) Transport Pakka roads Approach
Road
Connection
Road With
Highway
Bus and
Railway
√ √ √ √
d) Communication Post office Telephone
STDs
Private
telephone
Mobile
√ √ √ √
e) Power supply
√ √ √ √
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
f) Drinking water
supply
Hand Pump Open Well Tap Water ---
√ √ √ ---
Note: (√) indicates that this facility is available to villages
ECONOMIC STRUCTURE AND THEIR IMPLICATIONS
Economic structure of village economy is generally characterized by the economic
activity levels of poverty and unemployment and agricultural sector and non agricultural
sector and position and economic class etc. Readily available economic data are
exhibited for the project area while village wise data are shown in the Table 2.
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Table 2: ECONOMIC STRUCTURE OF VILLAGE ECONOMY
Indicator
Total workers 11232
Main workers 8690
Non workers 10782
Agricultural workers 5416 (Main+Marginal)
Total cultivators 2339
Marginal cultivators 77
Non agricultural activities 2933
Economic status
• Poverty
• 35%
SOCIAL STRUCTURE
Social structure determines the benefits of development among the villages society of
our kind. As our village society is not highly socially backward and gives free social
mobility of the village people.
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Overall social structure of the project area is demonstrated by “Non Tribal population” in
the area as percentage tribal population is very less. As seen at Dholka taluka with 17 %
of tribal population has poverty ratio 35%.
The cultural belief and customs and drinking etc are well accepted constraints of the
tribal development applicable to the extent of tribal population. However there are
definite benefits of class homogeneity available in these areas.
SOCIO ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT PLAN
CONTEXT
Socio economic and demographic characters of the project area provide the potential
and problems of the social economic development of project areas. The expansion plant
project company GSPC Private Limited statement of donation provided for various
activities. APPROACH
Our plan approach will be based on the participation of company. Village people and
district development authority (DRDA/ DDO) and line like bank and department of
agriculture, tribal project office etc
METHODOLOGY
The cluster of development of villages will be developed and five years development plan
including annual plan will be prepared through Gram panchayat under the guidance of
ten experts. These plans will be approved by Gram sabha and District Panchayat.
IV OPERATIONAL MECHANISM OF PLAN
We shall have a planning and development committee consisting of the representatives
of company, Village panchayat, state development bodies and expert nominated.
A function of systemic plan, implementation and monitoring and evaluation of the
development plan will be take care by this committee. The quarterly meeting of this
body will be mandatory.
CONCLUDING NOTE:
It is expected that appropriate plan of development will take place and wherever
possible state resources of development also utilizes with new procedures.
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Table: 1: Demographic Characters
NAME No_HH TOT_P TOT_M TOT_F P_06 P_SC P_ST P_LIT M_LIT F_LIT P_ILL M_ILL F_ILL
Chandisar 847 4039 2123 1916 562 619 4 2099 1304 795 1940 819 1121
Jalalpur/
Vazifa 736 3839 2015 1824 571 666 27 2196 1384 812 1643 631 1012
Rajpur 204 951 505 446 125 272 0 594 377 217 357 128 229
Ambliyara/
Dariyapura 696 3550 1868 1682 470 794 8 2283 1419 864 1267 449 818
Sathal 785 3940 2081 1859 562 640 21 2227 1397 830 1713 684 1029
Dharoda 478 2570 1345 1225 404 443 7 1370 870 500 1200 475 725
Chitrasar 324 1584 829 755 238 345 43 929 588 341 655 241 414
Kalolis 632 3213 1712 1501 535 284 4 1725 1142 583 1488 570 918
Total 4702 23686 12478 11208 3467 4063 114 13423 8481 4942 10263 3997 6266
Table 2: Demographic Characters
NAME
TOT_
WOR
K_P
MAIN
WOR
K_P
MAIN_
CL_P
MAIN_
AL_P
MAIN_
HH_P
MAI
N_O
T_P
MARG
WORK
_P
MAR
G_CL
_P
MAR
G_A
L_P
MAR
G_H
H_P
MAR
G_O
T_P
NONWO
RK_P
Chandisar 1620 1495 311 913 51 220 125 6 112 2 5 2419
Jalalpur Vazifa 2003 1457 380 582 24 471 546 31 439 3 73 1836
Rajpur 556 551 72 371 2 106 5 0 5 0 0 395
Please register P
DF
Splitter and M
erger
DE
MO
Ambaliyara/Da
riyapura 1553 1356 376 655 15 310 197 16 160 7 14 1997
Sathal 2208 1260 338 484 15 423 948 5 423 79 441 1732
Dharoda 1265 995 268 370 5 227 270 5 185 1 79 728
Chitrasar 584 483 188 140 14 119 101 9 54 0 38 673
Kaloli 1443 1093 329 309 14 281 350 5 214 5 126 1002
Total 11232 8690 2262 3824 140 2157 2542 77
159
2 97 776 10782
Abbreviations used for table no. 3 and 4
No_HH: Number of house hold
TOT_P: Total Population
TOT_M: Total Male
TOT_F: Total Female
P_06: 0‐6 year population
P_SC: SC population
P_ST: ST population
M_LIT: Male literates
F_LIT: Female literates
M_ILL: Male illiterates
F_ILL: Female illiterates
TOT_WORK_P: Total working population
Total CL: Total (Main + Marginal) cultivators
Total AL: Total (Main + Marginal) agriculture
Total HH: Total (Main + Marginal) household
Total OT: Total (Main + Marginal) other workers
NON_WORK_P: Non working population
Please register P
DF
Splitter and M
erger
DE
MO
Annexure 8
Risk assessment and disaster management plan
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Risk Assessment 1 RISK ASSESSMENT
Risk assessment is a careful examination of consequences resulting from the undesired
events that could cause harm to people or property, so that sufficient precautions can be
taken. Workers and others have a right to be protected from harm caused by a failure to
take reasonable control measures.
Hydrocarbon operations are generally hazardous in nature by virtue of intrinsic chemical
properties of hydrocarbons or their temperature or pressure of operation or a combination
of these. Fire, explosion, hazardous release or a combination of these are the hazards
associated with hydrocarbon operations. These have resulted in the development of more
comprehensive, systematic and sophisticated methods of Safety Engineering, such as,
Hazard Analysis and Risk Assessment to improve upon the integrity, reliability and safety of
hydrocarbon operations.
1.1 OBJECTIVES OF THE RISK ASSESSMENT
As per the requirements stated in the Terms of Reference of the EIA study, the risk
assessment study has been undertaken to address the following aspects:
• To identify and assess those fire and explosion hazards arising from production of oil
and gas in order to comply with regulatory requirements, company policy and
business requirements
• To eliminate or reduce to as low as reasonably practical (ALARP) in terms of risk to
human health, risk of injury, risk of damage to plant, equipment and environment,
business interruption or loss etc.
1.2 IDENTIFICATION OF HAZARDS IN PRODUCTION OF OIL & GAS FROM
FACILITY (M1 & M1A1)
Various hazards associated with production of oil and gas is briefly described as below.
1.2.1 Minor crude Oil Spill
A minor oil spill is confined within the well site area. The conditions which can result in
minor oil spill are as follows:
Spillage in Crude oil Storage System:
Crude Oil spillage from leaking valves, lines and storage tank
Spillage while crude oil production:
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
During the well production operation, there exists a possibility of hydrocarbon gases being
released and spillage of crude oil may result from a failure of pipe, lines valves, separator at
production facility. Spilled oil should be immediately cleaned once the leakage is controlled.
1.2.2 Major Oil Spill
Significant hydrocarbon inventories will be spilled in case of major leakages in storage
tanks, separator or as a result of an uncontrolled flow from a well during production and / or
resulting from a failure of the surface equipment. Since the reservoir does not have the
pressure which will allow the well as self flowed well, artificial lift method (sucker Rod
Pump) is proposed to bring the oil on the surface and have commercial production.
Therefore possibility of uncontrolled flow from well during production is remote.
For this to occur would require a combination of mechanical damage, such as, ruptured flow
line coupled with failure of the emergency shutdown (ESD) system. Oil is produced with
some associated gas, therefore, an oil spill arising from a failure of larger inventory tanks
will result in the release to atmosphere of hydrocarbon vapors together with oil droplets in
the form of a mist.
Another major source of oil spill is road tankers. It is proposed that produced crude oil will
be transported by road tanker of 20 KL. In case of failure / overturning / accident of road
tanker possibility of major oil spill cannot be ruled out.
1.2.3 Blowout
As the well self pressure is very low and with the availability of Christmas tree, possibility of
blowout is ruled out.
1.2.4 Hydrogen Sulphide (H2S)
Since the available data does not show any content of the H2S, hence the release of H2S
during production is not envisaged.
1.3 CONTROL MEASURES FOR ABOVE HAZARDS
1.3.1 Control measures for major spills of crude oil from storage tanks, separators
and pipe lines
1) Inspection of tanks / separator during fabrication shall be carried out as per the
requirements of the applicable codes, specifications, drawings etc. This inspection
requires regular checks on the work at various stages as it progresses. During
fabrication, a thorough visual check should be undertaken and the tank should be
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
checked for foundation pad and slope, slope of the bottom plates, proper welding
sequence and external & internal surfaces etc.
2) Roof plates shall be inspected for defects like pin holes, weld cracks, pitting etc., at
water accumulation locations.
3) Tanks pads shall be visually checked for settlement, sinking, tilting, cracking and
general deterioration.
4) Anchor bolts wherever provided shall be checked for tightness, and integrity by
hammer testing.
5) All open vents, flame arrestors and breather valves shall be examined to ensure that
the wire mesh and screens are neither torn nor clogged by foreign matter or insects.
6) If a tank is insulated, the insulation and weather proof sealing shall be visually
inspected for damages.
7) Grounding connections shall be visually checked for corrosion at the points where they
enter earth and at the connection to the tank.
8) The tanks shall be inspected for any obvious leakage of the product. Valves and
fittings shall be checked for tightness and free operations.
9) The tanks shell shall be visually examined for external corrosion, seepage, cracks,
bulging and deviation from the vertical.
10) NDT test for pipeline
11) Hydrostatic testing of tanks shall be carried out.
12) Facility certification from relevant competent authority under petroleum rules to be
obtained before starting the operation.
13) OISD standard 244 once implemented should be followed.
1.3.2 Control measures for oil spill from road tankers
1) Proper route of road tankers should be decided in the premises for entry and exit of road
tankers. Security persons should guide the tanker drivers to follow the route
accordingly.
2) Speed of road tankers in the premises should be strictly restricted.
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
3) All road tankers / vehicle entering in the production / storage area should be provided
with spark arrester at their silencers to avoid spark into open atmosphere in case of
leakage / spillage of oil.
4) During loading / unloading – double earthing should be practiced.
5) Proper SOP should be prepared and implemented for connection of road tanker, filling
and disconnection.
6) All road tankers utilized should be tested and certified by competent person under
petroleum rules.
7) Drivers should be well trained and experience in driving of vehicles carrying Hazardous
substances.
1.4 IDENTIFICATION OF HAZARDS BY FIRE AND EXPLOSION INDEX & TOXICITY
INDEX
Fire and Explosion Index (F&EI) is an important technique employed for hazards
identification process. Consequence analysis then quantifies the vulnerable zone for a
conceived incident. Once vulnerable zone is identified for an incident, measures can be
formulated to eliminate or reduce damage to plant and potential injury to personnel.
Rapid ranking of hazard of an entire installation, if it is small, or a portion of it, if it is large,
is often done to obtain a quick assessment of degree of the risk involved. The Dow Fire and
Explosion Index (F&EI) and Toxicity Index (TI) are the most popular methods for Rapid
Hazard Ranking. These are based on a formal systematized approach, mostly independent
of judgmental factors, for determining the relative magnitude of the hazards in an
installation using hazardous (inflammable, explosive and toxic) materials.
The steps involved in the determination of the F & EI and TI are:
Selection of a pertinent process unit
Determination of the Material Factor (MF)
Determination of the Toxicity Factor (Th)
Determination of the Supplement to Maximum Allowable Concentration
(Ts)
Determination of the General Process Hazard Factor (GPH)
Determination of the Special Process Hazard Factor (SPH)
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Determination of the F&EI value
Determination of the TI value
Determination of the Exposure Area
1.4.1 Hazardous Material Identification Methodology
From the preliminary appraisal of Material Safety Data Sheet, it is observed that high speed
diesel, natural gas and crude oil are hazardous. F&EI and TI values have been computed for
three phase separator of crude oil and natural gas as well as Crude oil storage tank.
In general, the higher is the value of material factor (MF), the more inflammable and
explosive is the material. Similarly, higher values of toxicity factor (Th) and supplement to
maximum allowable concentration (Ts) indicate higher toxicity of the material. The
tabulated values of MF, Th and Ts are given in Dows Fire and Explosion Index Hazard
Classification Guide. For compounds not listed in Dow reference, MF can be computed from
the knowledge of flammability and reactivity classification, Th can be computed from the
knowledge of the National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Index and Ts can be obtained
from the knowledge of maximum allowable concentration (MAC) values. The MF, Th and Ts
values are respectively 16, 0 and 50 for crude oil, 21, 0 and 50 for natural gas, and 10, 0
and 50 for HSD.
General process hazards (GPH) are computed by adding the penalties applied for the
various process factor.
Special process hazards (SPH) are computed by adding the penalties applied for the process
and natural factors.
Both General process hazards and Special process hazards corresponding to various process
and natural factors are used with MF to compute F&EI value and with Th and Ts to compute
TI value.
1.4.2 F&EI Computation
F&EI value computed for TPS and CTT from GPH and SPH values using the following formula
F&EI = MF x [1 + GPH (total)] x [1 + SPH (total)]
1.4.3 Toxicity Index (TI)
Toxicity index (TI) is computed from toxicity factor (Th) and supplement to maximum
allowable concentrations (Ts) using the following relationship:
TI = (Th + Ts) x [1 + GPH (total) + SPH (total)]/100
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Calculation for F&EI as well as TI is given in table shown below for Natural gas and crude
oil.
Table 1: Fire and Explosion Index for Natural Gas / crude oil
Material Factor 21 / 16 Nf=4, Nr=0
1 GPH
Penalty
factor
range
Penalty
factor
used Remark
Base factor 1.00 1.00 Base factor
A Exothermic reaction 0.3-1.25 0.00 No reaction
B Endothermic process 0.2-0.4 0.00 NA
C Material handling and transfer 0.2-1.05 0.5
For class I flammable
material transfer through
pipeline
D Enclosed or Indoor process unit 0.25-0.9 0.00 Not Enclosed
E Access 0.2-0.35 0.00
Two side easy access so
NA
F Drainage & spill control 0.25-0.5 0.00 Proper dike design so NA
General process Hazard factor
F1 1.5
2 SPH
Penalty
factor
range
Penalty
factor
used
Base factor 1.00 1.00
A Toxic material 0.2-0.8 0.20 Nh=1
B
Sub atmospheric pressure(<500
mm hg) 0.5 0.00 NA
C
Operation in or near flammable
range
1 Tank farm storage flammable liquid 0.5
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
2 Process upset or purge failure 0.3
3 Always in flammable range 0.8 0.8
D Dust Explosion 0.25-2.0 0 NA
E Pressure 0.86-1.5 0 Above normal pressure
F Low temperature 0.2-0.3 0 NA
G
Quantity of flammable / unstable
material
1 Liquid or gases in process 0.2-3 0.2
2 Liquid or gases in storage 0.1-1.6
3
Combustible solid in storage, dust
in process 0.2-4
H Corrosion & Erosion 0.1-0.75 0.1 <0.005 in per year
I Leakage joint and packing 0.1-1.5 0.1
possibility of minor
leakage
J Use of fired equipment 0.1-1 0 NA
K Hot oil heat exchange system
0.15-
1.15 0 NA
L Rotating equipment 0.5 0 NA
Special process Hazard F2 2.4
Process unit hazard
factor(F1×F2)=F3 3.6
Fire and Explosion
Index(F3×MF) 75.6
TOXICITY INDEX
Toxicity number Th 50 Nh=1
Penalty factor Ts 50 TLV 0.5 ppm
Toxicity Index 4.9
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Table 2: Conclusion for Fire, Explosion & toxicity Index
Applicable Fire and Explosion index range
1-60 Light
61-96 Moderate
97-127 Intermediate
128-158 Heavy
>159 Severe
CONCLUSION FOR TOXICITY INDEX
Applicable Toxicity index range
1-5 Light
6-9 Moderate
above 10 High
1.4.4 Hazards description
Substance F&EI value TI value F&EI range TI range
Natural gas /
Crude oil
75.6 4.9 Moderate Light
From the above various hazards identified from the proposed project activities are as under:
• Fire and explosion hazard due to natural gas / crude oil.
Other hazards are:
• Occupational health hazards
• Other hazards
Consequences of hazards also depend on prevailing meteorological conditions and
population density in surrounding areas.
1.5 CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS
Oil and gas may be released as a result of jet fire, pool fire & less likely unconfined vapor
cloud explosion causing possible damage to the surrounding areas. The extent of the
damage depends upon the nature of the release. The release of flammable material and
subsequent ignition results in heat radiation, pressure wave or vapor cloud depending upon
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
the flammability and its physical state. It is important to visualize the consequence of the
release of such substances and the damage caused to the surrounding areas.
An insight into physical effects resulting from the release of hazardous substances can be
had by means of various models. Vulnerability models can also be used to translate the
physical effects occurring in terms of injuries and damage to exposed population and
buildings.
Consequence analysis quantifies vulnerable zone for a conceived incident and once the
vulnerable zone is identified for an incident, measures can be proposed to eliminate damage
to plant and potential injury to personnel. The following likely maximum credible scenarios
(Primary) considered for hazard analysis
• Catastrophic failure of crude oil storage tank
• Catastrophic failure / leakage of separator lead to free spread pool fire.
• Full bore failure of pipe from well to separator lead to pool / jet fire.
• Entire inventory leaked out from road tanker / leakage in road tanker lead to free
spread pool fire.
Table 3: Damage Caused at Various Heat Loads
Heat Load (kW/m2)
Denoted by Type of Damage
37.5 Sufficient to cause damage to process equipment. 100% fatal in 1 min. 1% fatal in 10 sec.
25.0 Minimum energy required to ignite wood infinitely long exposure (non-piloted). 100% fatal in 1 min. Significant injury in 10 seconds.
12.5 Minimum energy required for piloted ignition of wood, melting plastic tubing. 1% fatal in 1 minute. First degree burn in 10 seconds.
4.0 Pain after 20 second. Blistering unlikely.
1.6 No discomfort even long exposure.
Data considered for release:
1. For storage tanks scenarios storage full volume considered @ 45 KL of crude oil.
Tank is considered in side dyke. Tank diameter is 2.8 meter with height of 7.5 meter.
2. At the time of release 75% full inventory stored inside the tank.
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
3. For separator, diameter is considered 0.92 meter and height 3.26 meter is
considered.
4. As per lay out pipe connected from well to separator is 100 mm sch 40.
5. Tanker is considered of 20 KL and for developing scenarios 80% of tanker is filled
with crude oil and position of tanker is considered near storage area at loading
station.
Damage area from the above scenarios is presented in the model developed with HAMS-GPS
software and tabulated below. It was observed that results for damage distances almost
remain same for stability class D & F and hence result for stability class D was tabulated
below
Table 4: Damage distance with heat loss
Scenario Damage distances
plotted on plant lay
out and show in
figure number
below
Distance in meter from source
1.6
KW/m2
4
KW/m2
12.5
KW/m2
25
KW/m2
37.5
KW/m2
Crude oil storage tank
pool dyke fire
Error! Reference
source not found.
for EPS#M1 and
Figure 2 for
EPS#M1A1
25.28 17.33 11.24 9.05 8.43
Separator 10% leakage
without dyke
Figure 3 for
EPS#M1 and Figure
4 for EPS#M1A1
32.64 21.23 13.79 11.17 10.21
Separator pool fire
without dyke
Figure 5 for
EPS#M1 and Figure
6 for EPS#M1A1
94.33 61.47 38.17 30.40 27.11
Full bore failure of pipe
from well to separator
lead to pool fire
Figure 7 for
EPS#M1 and Figure
8 for EPS#M1A1
25.21 16.70 10.65 8.84 8.22
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Full bore failure of pipe
from well to separator
lead to jet fire
Figure 9 for
EPS#M1 and Figure
10 for EPS#M1A1
31.21 24.54 20.72 19.79 19.36
Road tanker all
inventory leakage free
spread pool fire
Figure 11 for EPS
M1 and Figure 12
for EPS#M1A1
197.13 128.03 78.25 60.87 53.93
10% Road tanker all
inventory leakage free
spread pool fire
Figure 13 for
EPS#M1 and Figure
14 for EPS#M1A1
72.89 47.55 29.85 23.81 21.31
All above damage distances were plotted on site layout of M1 and M1A1. Site lay out with
damage distances represented as figures below. Form the figures it can be observed that
damaging distances from all scenarios except Road Tanker Inventory leaked out ( i.e Figure
12 and Figure 14) will be restricted to the boundary of plant premise.
Whereas in some cases, the effect of damage will be minimal outside the plant premises as
shown in graphical representation in Error! Reference source not found., Figure 3,
Figure 7, Figure 9 for EPS#M1 and Figure 2, Figure 4, Figure 8, Figure 10 for EPS M1A1. The
effect of radiation outside premises will be 1.6 KW/m2 and in some case 4 KW/m2, which will
have negligible impact on human beings. Road tanker scenario has been considered at
loading station, near the entry / exit gate of the premises. Hence the damage crosses the
boundary of plant premises. However SOP during loading / unloading will be implemented to
avoid any such kind of incidences.
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Figure 1: Crude oil storage tank pool dyke fire at M1
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Figure 2: Crude oil storage tank pool dyke fire at M1A1
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Figure 3: 10 % Separator leakage and free spread fire at M1
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Figure 4: 10 % Separator leakage and free spread fire at M1A1
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Figure 5: Separator leakage and free spread fire at M1
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Figure 6: Separator leakage and free spread fire at M1A1
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Figure 7: Full bore failure of main pipe lead to pool fire at M1
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Figure 8: Full bore failure of main pipe lead to pool fire at M1A1
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Figure 9: Full bore failure of main pipe lead to jet fire at M1
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Figure 10: Full bore failure of main pipe lead to jet fire at M1A1
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Figure 11: Entire road tanker inventory leakage free spread fire at M1
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Figure 12: Entire road tanker inventory leakage free spread fire at M1A1
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Figure 13: 10% road tanker inventory leakage free spread fire at M1
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Figure 14: 10% road tanker inventory leakage free spread fire at M1A1
1.6 BASIC PREVENTIVE & PROTECTIVE FEATURES
• Adequate water supplies for fire protection. The amount/quantity of the water
requirement is based on rate of firewater required for the worst possible fire and the
time duration for which the fire will last
• Structural design of vessels, piping, structural steel, etc.
• Overpressure relief devices
• Corrosion resistance and/or allowances
• Segregation of reactive materials in pipelines and equipment
• Electrical equipment grounding
• Safe location of auxiliary electrical gear (transformers, breakers, etc.)
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
• Normal protection against utility loss (alternate electrical feeder, spare instrument,
air compressor, etc.)
• Compliance with various applicable codes (ASME, ASTM, ANSI, Building Codes, Fire
Codes, etc.).
• Compliance of OISD-189 for firefighting equipment
• Fail-safe instrumentation
• Access to area for emergency vehicles and exits for personal evacuation
• Drainage to handle probable spills safely plus fire fighting water hose nozzle sprinkler
and/or chemicals
• Insulation of hot surfaces that heat to within 80% of the auto-ignition temperature of
any flammable material in the area
• Adherence to the National Electrical Code. The Code should be followed except where
variances have been requested /approved.
• Hazard area analysis followed by appropriate intrinsically safe electrical equipment
wherever required
• Limitation of glass devices and expansion joints in flammable or hazardous service.
Such devices are not permitted unless absolutely essential. Where used, they must
be registered and approved by the production manager and installed in accordance
with appropriate standards and specifications
• Protection of pipe racks and instrument cable trays as well as their supports from
exposure to fire
• Provision of accessible battery limit block valves
• Protection of fired equipment against accidental explosion and resultant fire
8.5 RISKS AND FAILURE PROBABILITY
The term Risk involves the quantitative evaluation of likelihood of any undesirable event as
well as likelihood of harm of damage being caused to life, property and environment. This
harm or damage may only occur due to sudden/ accidental release of any hazardous
material from the containment. This sudden/accidental release of hazardous material can
occur due to failure of component systems. It is difficult to ascertain the failure probability
of any system because it will depend on the components of the system. Even if failure
occurs, the probability of fire and the extent of damage will depend on many factors like:
Quantity and physical properties of material released.
Source of ignition.
Wind velocity and direction
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Presence of population, properties etc. nearby.
Frequencies of Loss of Containment (LOCs) for atmospheric tanks as per CPR 18E guidelines
are as under:
Basic failure frequencies for catastrophic failure of pressure tank / bullet as well as for full
bore failure of pipelines are considered from CPR 18E and they are as under.
Facility
Basic failure frequency
for Catastrophic failure
per year
Failure frequency after
application of correction
Pressure vessel 5.00E-07 5.50E-06
pipeline75 mm <= nominal
diameter <= 150 mm 3.00E-07 m-1 3.00E-06 m-1
1.7 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY
During the project work lot of activities will be involved such as construction, erection,
testing, commissioning, operation and maintenance, where the men, materials and
machines are the basic inputs. Along with the boons, the industrialization generally brings
several problems like occupational health and safety.
The following occupational health and safety issues are specific to proposed plant activities
will arise during project work as well as regular operation of plant:
• Physical hazards
• Electrical hazards
• Noise
• Fire hazards
1.7.1 Physical Hazards
Industry specific physical hazards are discussed below.
Potential physical hazards in proposed plants are related to handling heavy mechanical
transport (e.g. trucks) and work at heights (e.g. platforms, ladders, and stairs).
Heavy Loads / Rolling during construction phase
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Lifting and moving heavy loads at elevated heights using hydraulic platforms and cranes
presents a significant occupational safety hazard. Recommended measures to prevent and
control potential worker injury include the following;
Clear signage in all transport corridors and working areas;
Appropriate design and layout of facilities to avoid crossover of different activities
and flow of processes;
Implementation of specific load handling and lifting procedures, including:
• Description of load to be lifted (dimensions, weight, position of center of gravity)
• Specifications of the lifting crane to be used (maximum lifted load, dimensions)
• Train the staff in handling of lifting equipments and driving mechanical
transport devices
The area of operation of fixed handling equipment (e.g. cranes, elevated platforms)
should not cross above worker and pre-assembly areas;
Material and product handling should remain within restricted zones under
supervision;
Regular maintenance and repair of lifting, electrical, and transport equipment should
be conducted.
Use appropriate PPE ( as per GSPC PPE Policy) Implement work rotations providing
regular work breaks, access to a cool rest area, and drinking water and under
hygienic facilities.
1.7.2 Electrical Hazards
Workers may be exposed to electrical hazards due to the presence of heavy-duty electrical
equipment in plant.
1.7.3 Noise
Noise level at operational site shall be upto moderate level. However, Proper environment
management plan has been formulated to control the same
1.7.4 Fire Hazards
Fire fighting system to control the hazard is discussed in previous sections
1.8 OTHER HAZARDS AND ITS CONTROLS
The other possible hazards at site are as given below:
Table 5: Other Hazards and Its Controls
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Name of
possible
hazard or
emergency
Its source &
reason
Its effects on
person, property &
environment
Place of effect Control measures
provided
Building
collapse
Earthquake
Any natural
Calamities
Weak
structure
Over loading
Injuries & Fatalities
Building damage.
All building &
sheds of the
company as
given in the Fac.
layout
Structure stability is by
competent person for
all
structure.
No overloading of
structures and
building.
Electrical
Installation
failure like
Transformer,
PCC etc.
Overload
Loose contacts
Short circuit
Fire
Suffocation of
persons inside the
plant
Electrical
transformer
switch yard
Electrical MCC
rooms
Power plant
Installation as per
electricity rules.
Other Controls
provided
Rubber mat provided
Earthing provision
1.9 FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM
1.9.1 General
The fire fighting system shall be installed in line with OISD – STD - 189, for hydrocarbon
production facility.
Table 6: Fire Fighting System at EPS as Per OISD 189
S.
No.
Facility Capacity/Quantity
1 Water storage tank for
fire fighting
2 Nos welded tanks of capacity 40.0 KL each
2 Fire Water pump 1800 LPM, 7.0 Kg/cm2 pressure
3 Fire water distribution 4” size pipe with a minimum distance of 15.0
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
meters from the well head area
4 Hydrant Alongside to cover entire hazardous area and
distance between the two hydrants or two
monitors should not be more than 30.0 mtrs
5 Monitor Alongside to cover entire hazardous area and
distance between the two hydrants or two
monitors should not be more than 30.0 mtrs
6 Above ground piping Height should be 300-400 mm from the ground
and should be supported at every 0.6 m distance.
Table 7: First Aid Fire Fighting Equipment at EPS as Per OISD 189
S.
No.
Place Quantity of Fire Extinguishers
1 Separator/group unit area 2 Nos. 10 Kg DCP Extinguishers and 2 number
sand bucket under one extinguisher shed.
2 Dispatch pump area 1 No. 10 Kg DCP Extinguisher for each pump
and with a minimum of 2 Nos of 10 Kg DCP
Extinguishers, 1 No 50 liters mechanical
foam,2 Nos sand bucket.
3 Near storage tank area 2 No. 10 Kg DCP Extinguisher
5 Electrical switch gear
area/generator house
1 No 6.8 Kg CO2 Extinguisher for each unit
1 No 10 Kg DCP Extinguisher for each unit
1.10 SAFETY ORGANIZATION AND ITS ACTIVITIES
1.10.1 Construction and Erection Phase
A qualified and experienced safety officer will be appointed. The responsibilities of the safety
officer includes identification of the hazardous conditions and unsafe acts of workers and
advise on corrective actions, conduct safety audit, organize training programs and provide
professional expert advice on various issues related to occupational safety and health. He is
also responsible to ensure compliance of Safety Rules/ Statutory Provisions.
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
1.10.2 Operation and Maintenance Phase
On completion of construction phase, the posting of safety officers would be in accordance
with the requirement of OMR 1984 and their duties and responsibilities would be as defined
thereof.
1.10.3 Strengthening of HSE and Meeting by Safety and quality circle
In order to develop the capabilities of the employees in identification of hazardous processes
and improving safety and health, safety and quality circles would be constituted in area of
work. The circle normally will meet weekly.
1.10.4 HSE Audit and inspection
HSE audits / Inspections will be carried out at site on bi-monthly basis to -
1 To identify any design deficiencies and also any weaknesses which might have
cropped up during modifications / additions of facilities.
2 To ensure that fire protection facilities and safety systems are well maintained.
3 To ensure that operating / maintenance procedures, work practices are as per those
stipulated in the manuals and standards, which might have degraded with time.
4 To check on security, training, preparedness for handling emergencies and disaster
management etc
5 To check the compliance of statutory regulations, standards, codes, etc.
1.10.5 Safety Training
Safety training would be provided by the Safety Officers with the assistance Corporate HSE
department, Professional Safety Institutions and Universities. In addition to regular
employees, contractor labors would also be provided safety training. To create safety
awareness safety films would be shown to workers and leaflets would be distributed.
1.11 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH SURVEILLANCE PLAN
All the potential occupational hazardous work places would be monitored regularly. The
health of employees working in these areas would be monitored periodically for early
detection of any ailment due to exposure.
For Occupational Health monitoring following plan should be implemented:
Medical Surveillance:
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
All employees/ contractors should go through the medical examination once in two years to
ascertain the health status of all workers in respect of Occupational Health hazard to which
they are exposed.
Employee information and training:
The industry will provide training program for the employees to inform them of the following
aspects; hazards of operations, proper usage of nose mask and earplugs, the importance of
engineering controls and work practices associated with job assignment(s).
List of Tests to be conducted and recorded:
1. Eyes 8. Ears
2. Respirator system 9. Circulatory system (Blood Pressure)
3. Abdomen 10. Nervous System
4. Locomotor System 11. Skin
5. Hernia 12. Hydrocele
6. Urine 13. Blood for ESR Report
7. Audiogram 14. Chest X Ray
Medical Examination:
The following medical checkup/examinations should be done:
1. Comprehensive Pre-employment medical checkup for all employees.
2. X-ray of chest to exclude pulmonary TB, etc.
3. Spirometry test
4. Lung function test.
5. Liver function test (LFT)
6. Audiometer test to find deafness.
7. Vision testing (Near and far as well as colour vision)
Report of schedule medical examination:
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Report of schedule medical examination should be published within the company and also
report to higher management with safety & health magazines published within the
company. Also workers whose schedule examinations are pending to be intimated through
their respective department heads to avoid any worker / employee left out for schedule
medical examination.
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
1
Disaster Management Plan 1 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN
1.1 STRUCTURE
The DMP is supposed to be a dynamic, changing, document focusing on continual
improvement of emergency response planning and arrangements. A structure working on a
Plan, Do, Check & Act (PDCA) cycle has been therefore suggested. Another advantage of
doing this is to have a system that is in synchronicity with commonly used EHS systems
such as ISO 14001 and OHSAS 18000.
1.2 POLICY
The Quality Health Safety & Environment policies are to be made accessible to all at site and
to other stakeholders. The policies will be framed considering legislative compliance,
stakeholder involvement, continual improvement, and management objectives.
1.3 PLANNING
1.3.1 Identification and Prevention of Possible Emergency Situation
Possible emergency situations can broadly be classified into toxic release, fire or explosion.
While doing so, it is stressed that these results are only for the modeled scenarios and, that
the distances as well as damages can change depending upon the actual development of a
scenario. Additional emergency situations can be developed on the basis of audit / HAZOP
or other procedures prior to commencement of operations.
Emergency Prevention
Some of the ways of preventing emergencies are as follows:
• Preparation of a Preventive Maintenance Schedule Programme covering maintenance
schedule for all critical equipment and instruments as per recommendations of the
manufacturers user manuals.
• Establishment of a Non Destructive Testing (NDT) system as necessary. This may not
be feasible in-house but there are specialized organizations who undertake the work,
and the same may be used.
• Importantly, it is of great importance to collect and analyze information pertaining to
minor incidents and accidents at the site, as well as for recording near-misses or
emergencies that were averted. These information give an indication of how likely or
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
2
unlikely it is for the site to face actual emergencies and what should be further done
to prevent them from occurring.
• Establishment of an ongoing training and evaluation programme, incorporating the
development of capabilities amongst employees about potential emergencies and
ways and means of identifying and averting the same. Most emergencies do not
occur without some incident or an abnormal situation. So there is always time of few
seconds to few minutes to arrest an incident of abnormal situation from turning in to
an emergency. This is the role of the shift in-charge who is the incident controller
(IC) along with his shift team.
1.3.2 Formation of Emergency Plan Objectives
Specific objectives of the Emergency Response Plan are to be clearly listed with regards to
the responses desired for successful management of the possible emergency situations.
Suggested Objectives could, initially include:
• Formulation of suitable onsite / offsite fire release response
• Formulation of suitable onsite / offsite explosion prevention and relief response.
• Improved awareness of safety issues amongst site personnel.
• Training of key persons in Fire Fighting / First Aid -cardio-pulmonary resuscitation.
• awareness programme for villagers
The objectives are suggested currently are generic in nature. However, they will evolve and
become more specific as the project develops further.
1.4 IMPLEMENTATION
1.4.1 Allocation of Resources
GSPC will require allocation of suitable resources for effective implementation of the DMP.
Resources include both human and financial resources.
1.4.2 Emergency Structure and Responsibility
The key personnel involved in the emergency response are
• Employee detecting the incident (Observer)
• Site in charge and & GSPC installation manager.
• Location Incident management Team Members of onshore Installation per Station Bill
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
3
• Managing Director of GSPC
• Onshore Emergency Response Team
1.4.3 Emergency site Coordinator & Incident Management Procedure
• GSPC Emergency Site Coordinator – Initial Actions
Following the notification of an incident by the Incident Observer, the Emergency Site
Coordinator shall: -
• Confirm the Details.
• Contact the affected location and verify incident.
• Determine the category of the Incident.
• Use the Initial Notification Checklist as a guide.
• Log all information
1.4.4 Individual Incident management Team Member – Initial Actions
• Proceed immediately to your normal office.
• Arrange for incoming telephone calls to be screened and for calls pertaining to the
Incident be forwarded to the GSPC ECC.
• Issue delegations of authority and/or arrange for work matters that may arise while
you are in the GSPC Emergency Control Centre to be dealt with.
• Document any calls pertaining to the Incident that are made from your normal office
or at home and bring them to the GSPC Emergency Control Centre.
• Retrieve any relevant data and take it to the GSPC ECC when it is operational. When
advised, go to the GSPC Emergency Control Centre. Update the GSPC Chief
Emergency Coordinator that you have arrived.
• Check the Status Boards for the most recent information.
• Ensure that your telephone line is "live". Keep a record of incoming and outgoing
telephone calls, using a pre-formatted note pad.
If a material fact regarding the Incident comes to your attention, immediately advice the
Board Writer who will display the information onto the Status Board and ensure the events
log is updated.
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
4
1.5 COMPOSITION OF GSPC EMERGENCY RESPONSE TEAM
Individual and alternates have been nominated to form the core GSPC ERT as under.
• Managing Director
• Chief Operating Officer
• President(field services)
• Director(operations)
• Executive Director (Finance & Admin)
• Executive director (HR )
• GM (IT)
• General Manager (Safety)
• AGM (Material and Logistic)
• Senior Manager(commercial)
• Manager(production)
• Manager (QHSE)
1.6 JOB DESCRIPTION OF EMERGENCY RESPONSE TEAM
Managing Director – Chairman ERP
• Assume overall control and ensure that the Emergency Response Plan is activated
and implemented.
• Chair and monitor the ERT review sessions.
• Inform GSPC Group
• Liaison with local, state and central Government authorities and partners such as;
DGH, Partners, DGMS, etc. on HSE issues as appropriate.
Chief Operating officer
Dy. Chairman ERP
• Assumes the duty of Alternate Chairman of ERP
• Look after Overall control of Incident.
• Keep Managing Director updated on the actions initiated.
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
5
Director (operations) – Chief Emergency Coordinator
The GSPC Chief Emergency Coordinator is responsible for the incident management support
both during and outside working hours. The GSPC Chief Emergency Coordinator shall: -
• Notify the Managing Director and Chief Operating Officer of any incident and keep
him informed.
• Act as ‘Manager Emergency Response’ of the GSPC ERPT on behalf of the GSPC ERPT
Chairman.
• Decide whether or not to mobilize the GSPC ERT
• Initiate activation and call out of the GSPC ERPT.
• Initiate activation of the GSPC Emergency Control Room (ECR).
• Organize resources to support the emergency response to the incident.
• Call a meeting with Emergency Response Team in Emergency Control Room to
discuss the incident and develop a response plan
• Advice the Managing Director to notify appropriate external agencies, resource
centers and the local emergency services, if necessary. (Different persons in the
emergency Response Team should be assigned to call each of the external agencies)
The chief emergency coordinator will act as chairman of Emergency Response Team (ERT)
till MD takes the charge of ERT chairman
GM (Safety)
• Act as the focal point of Incident.
• Assess and decide category of Incident.
• Assist in preparation of update for spokesperson.
• Advice CEC regarding mobilization of GSPC ERT.
• Advice MD/CEC on restoration of any environmental damage.
• Notify the Statutory agencies as required.
Executive Director (F&A and Admin) – Finance and Insurance Coordinator
• Provide personnel as required for special accounting purposes and maintain daily
cost record throughout the incident.
• Set up separate account for qualifying the expenses related to all major incidents.
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
6
• Provide experienced personnel from finance group to coordinate payment of
emergency purchases
• Liaison with insurance company and insurance representative
Senior Manager (Commercial) – Commercial Coordinator
• Direct the commercial staff to initiate for emergency purchases.
Executive Director (HR)
• Inform employees and provide updates as deemed necessary in the event of any
emergency.
• Review and provide media responses to spokes person.
• Reading for Press/Media briefing.
Assistant General Manager (Material & Logistics) – Mutual Aid / Logistics Coordinator
• Arrange for procurement of emergency supplies / contractors in coordination with
commercial coordinator.
• Provide purchasing and materials personnel.
• Contract for temporary facilities and office as required.
• Arrange for contract personnel, equipment and services to carry out operations.
• Source and supply maps of affected area.
• Arrange for recovery and disposal of damaged property, in case of oily debris co-
ordinate with the Safety/Environmental Manager as necessary.
Manager (Production)
• Coordinate with site In-charge.
• Direct the site In-Charge in consultation with Director(operations)
• Keep CEC (operations) updated on site situation.
Manger QHSE, Head Office
• Assume the role of secretary ERPT.
• Provide assistance as required on issues related to Safety and Environment.
• Assist in preparation of updates for spokesperson.
• Coordinate documentation of safety and environmental aspects of incident.
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
7
• Coordinate surveillance and photo documentation.
• Assure that GSPC’s Health and Safety policies are observed.
• Report any accidents, as required, to the appropriate Regulatory Agencies.
• Provide support to plan procedures and follow-up investigations.
• Coordinate with External agencies regarding oil spill response.
GM (IT)
• Ensure adequate communication means available and operational in GSPC at
Gandhinagar office.
1.7 SETTING UP OF EMERGENCY INFRASTRUCTURE
To enable the key persons to implement the DMP, the following infrastructure will require to
be set up:
1.7.1 Site map
• Site Map with Escape Routes and Safe Assembly Points Marked on it
• Site layouts have to be put up at key areas where assembly is to be done. These
points could vary depending upon the atmospheric stability and location and intensity
of the emergency.
• With the onset of emergency, all non-essential persons (those workers not assigned
emergency duty) shall evacuate the area and report to the specified emergency
assembly point.
1.7.2 Wind Sock
It is required to install wind sock at the top of any tall structure in the vicinity of the site. In
case there is a risk of the structure getting damaged during the emergency, it is desirable to
have alternate wind sock(s) as required. At least one wind sock should be visible from any
part of the site. Site personnel have to be trained in reading the atmospheric conditions on
the basis of the status of the wind sock.
1.7.3 Evacuation, Escape and Rescue (EER) Plan
In a major emergency, it would be necessary to evacuate personnel from affected areas and
as a precaution / measure to further evacuate non-essential workers from areas likely to be
affected should the emergency escalate. Whether evacuation is required or not can be
decided by the Incident Controller, and arrangements made to communicate with
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
8
employees in this regards. Arrangements could include announcements over the public
address system, or through other suitable means.
On evacuation, employees should be directed to pre-determined assembly points already
explained earlier. If they are required to be evacuated outside the site and at a remote
place, their transportation will be necessary for which vehicles will be required. At remote
shelters their care and welfare will also be through beforehand. Employees should use own
vehicles first and then use, if necessary, the mutual aid system or hired vehicles from
elsewhere. The vehicle may be needed to warn public also.
The safe passages/routes for escape shall be decided and marked by arrows in the plans as
explained in the details of Emergency Control Center in this chapter.
1.7.4 Safe Assembly Points
In affected and vulnerable locations, all non-essential persons (who are not assigned any
emergency duty) shall evacuate the area and report to a specified assembly point. The need
to evacuate non-essential - persons from non-affected areas will be determined by the
foreseeable rate at which the incident may escalate.
Each assembly point must be situated in a safe place, well away from areas of risk and least
affected by down wind direction. It may be in the open or in a building depending on hazard
involved. More than one assembly point is needed:
• To ensure that employees do not have to approach the affected area to reach the
assembly point;
• In case any assembly point lies in the path of wind-blown harmful materials, e.g.
toxic gas, burning brands, thrown (expected) materials and;
Before reaching an assembly point, or subsequently, if it is required to pass through an
effected area or the release of toxic substance, suitable personal protective equipment
(PPE) including respirator, helmets etc., should be available to the people.
1.8 EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTER
An Emergency Control Centre (ECC) is the primary area from where emergencies are
handled. The Main Control Centre, or any structure on the site, at sufficient distance from
the affected area, and that is designed to withstand overpressure and radiation stress
should be designated as the ECC. However, GSPC’s emergency control center will be set up
at GSPC corporate office at Gandhinagar
An ECC should contain various items as listed:
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
9
For communication:
• Intercom sets
• External phone sets
• Telephone directory
• Company Telephone Directory
• List of Important phone numbers required in emergency like Ambulance, Police,
mutual aid agency etc.
• Mobile phones
Documents for ready reference:
• Site Plan
• Layout plan with hazard zones, assembly points marked and location of siren,
safety/fire system shown (Display)
• Stock list of fire extinguishers
• Fire-water system and additional sources of water
• Emergency Response Plan
• Copy of First Aid
• MSDS of materials used in the plant
• Mutual Aid Members,
• List of employees and addresses and phones
Wall Display:
• Site plan
• Layout plan
• Emergency Organization Chart
All equipment should be regularly inspected and tested for adequacy. Personnel should be
trained in the use of the same, where special training is required. Records of the same are
to be maintained.
1.9 FIRE FIGHTING
These include the following facilities
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
10
Table 1: Fire Fighting System at EPS as Per OISD 189
S.
No.
Facility Capacity/Quantity
1 Water storage tank for
fire fighting
2 Nos welded tanks of capacity 40.0 KL each
2 Fire Water pump 1800 LPM, 7.0 Kg/cm2 pressure
3 Fire water distribution 4” size pipe with a minimum distance of 15.0
meters from the well head area
4 Hydrant Alongside to cover entire hazardous area and
distance between the two hydrants or two
monitors should not be more than 30.0 mtrs
5 Monitor Alongside to cover entire hazardous area and
distance between the two hydrants or two
monitors should not be more than 30.0 mtrs
6 Above ground piping Height should be 300-400 mm from the ground
and should be supported at every 0.6m distance.
Table 2: First Aid Fire Fighting Equipment at EPS as Per OISD 189
S.
No.
Place Quantity of Fire Extinguishers
1 Separator/group unit area 2 Nos. 10 Kg DCP Extinguishers and 2 number
sand bucket under one extinguisher shed.
2 Dispatch pump area 1 No. 10 Kg DCP Extinguisher for each pump
and with a minimum of 2 Nos of 10 Kg DCP
Extinguishers, 1 No 50 liters mechanical
foam,2 Nos sand bucket.
3 Near storage tank area 2 No. 10 Kg DCP Extinguisher
5 Electrical switch gear
area/generator house
1 No 6.8 Kg CO2 Extinguisher for each unit
1 No 10 Kg DCP Extinguisher for each unit
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
11
1.10 FIRST AID
Basic items in a first aid kit consist of following items:
• First aid leaflet, including CPR
• Sterilized finger dressing
• Sterilized hand or foot dressing
• Sterilized body or large dressing
• Sterilized burns dressing - small
• Sterilized burns dressing - large
• Sterilized burns dressing – extra large
• Sterilized cotton wool (25 gms)
• Cetavolon (28 gms)
• Eye pads
• Adhesive plaster
• Assorted roller bandage
• Triangular bandages
• Safety pins
• Scissors, ordinary, 12.7cms, both sides sharp
• Savlon liquid, 150 ml, or equivalent
• Cotton wool for padding, 100 gms
• Eye Ointment of sulphacetamide preparation
• Loose woven gauze (28”x8”), compressed pack
• Scribbling Pad, 4”x 6” with a pencil in a plastic cover
• Adhesive dressing strips
• Field dressing of modified army pattern
• Record cards in a plastic cover
• Torch, medium size with cells
• Eye wash
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
12
• Wooden splints, small
• Wooden splints, big
1.11 AWARENESS TRAINING AND COMPETENCE
Awareness
General awareness is to be invoked in all site personnel (including contractor’s employees)
with regards to the importance of safety in general and emergency procedures in particular.
Awareness can be generated in a number of ways, some of which are:
• Awareness of Environment, Health and Safety Policies and the role of each employee
in achieving what are covered under the policies
• Awareness of the importance of carrying out tasks as mentioned in the Standard
Operating Procedures and the potential impacts of not doing so.
• The importance of use of personal protective equipment
• Awareness about relevant portions of the safety instructions covered in equipment
manuals used at site
• Celebration of National Safety day, World Environment Day, Fire week to create
awareness related to Health, safety and Environment
Training
Specific training requires to be given to key employees. Examples of such training include:
• Specific, skilled training pertaining
• Testing of critical equipment and controls
• First aid and Cardio-Pulmonary Resuscitation
• Use of firefighting equipment
• Emergency Evacuation and Rescue (EER) procedures.
• Training in use of communication procedures to be followed in case of emergencies.
• Training needs identification exercises should be undertaken prior to commencement
of operations and the same must cover environment, health and safety issues.
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
13
Competence
Competence is a function of training, experience and education. Key persons involved in
administering the DMP should be competent. The level of competence can be decided for
each key task and a clearly defined competence chart should be prepared.
Communication
Communication is vital during emergencies. Under the Factories Act, as well as the MSIHC
Rules, communication is important and it is required to divulge the potential emergencies
that could arise out of the operations related to hazardous units.
After undertaking an assessment of risks and their possible environmental impacts, and
setting up an organization for the preparedness to control the emergency, including related
infrastructure, the next step is making the communications system operational. Depending
upon the severity of the event, communications may have to be made with:
• Persons inside the site premises
• Key personnel outside the site premises during their non-working hours
• Outside emergency services and authorities, and Neighboring businesses, industries
and general public.
• Requirements pertaining to communication during emergencies are covered in this
section.
1.12 LEVEL OF EMERGENCY
Three levels of emergencies are to be recognized:
• First level: Confined to a particular unit of the entire site,
• Second level: A spreading emergency, that requires outside help, and
• Third level: A major emergency requiring neighboring population to be alerted.
• Suitable alarms require to be made for each of these potential emergencies. The
alarm should be audible in every part of the site. In areas of high noise levels, an
alternative to an audible alarm, such as flashing lights may be installed.
1.12.1 Raising the First Level Emergency Alarm
Any person noticing an emergency should be able to raise or cause to be raised, the First
Level Emergency Alarm (FLEA). All employees must be trained to operate such emergency
alarms. There should be adequate places within the site, where provision to raise an alarm
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
14
is available. This could be an audible warning, individual signal or message to a manned
location. Major emergencies can be avoided by doing this.
1.12.2 Raising the Second and Third Level Emergency Alarms
In case there is a risk of the event spreading beyond the original unit and / or outside the
site premises, then a second level emergency alarm can be raised. This could be across the
entire site, as opposed to the first which could be at a part of the site.
In case a third level or (major) emergency is to be declared, telephonic information to
members of the local crisis group, or in case of failure of power and formal communication
systems, and non-availability of mobile phone signals, a big bell or a messenger can be
deployed.
1.12.3 Declaring a Major Emergency
Declaration of a major emergency should never be done on whims, immature judgment or
without proper thought. Further, because of the scale of activity that will commence due to
declaration of a major emergency, it is advisable to restrict the authority to declare it, and a
limited number of persons may be invested the authority to declare such an emergency,
although care should be taken to ensure that at least one such person is always at site.
1.12.4 Identifying the Type of Emergency through an Alarm
Alarm systems vary and will depend upon the size of individual sites. The person noticing
the incident should warn all those in the site vicinity to either evacuate or take other
immediate action according to a predetermined plan. Automatic alarms may be considered.
Audible alarms include sirens or other alarms over public address systems.
Alarms for a particular type of emergency (toxic leak or fire) can be raised separately
enabling different emergency plans to be put in motion. However, this must be done after
giving due thought about avoiding confusion in the minds of the site personnel. Use of
alarms can be carried out to communicate different information such as:
• Declaration of a first level emergency by an alarm in a particular area
• Declaration of an advanced emergency situation by sounding of an alarm in the
entire site
• Declaration of a major emergency by sounding of a hooter, alarm or by
communication through phone, bell or messenger.
• Communication of Emergency
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
15
• There should be an effective system to communicate emergency:
• Inside the site i.e. to the persons including key personnel and essential persons on
duty, and inside normal working hours,
• To the key personnel and essential persons not on duty and outside during normal
working hours
• To outside emergency services and the government authorities, and
• To the neighboring businesses, and public in general
Use of telephones and the role of the telephone operator
After hearing the emergency alarm and emergency declaration, or even while fast receiving
the emergency message on phone, a telephone operator (or communication officer) has to
play an important role. He should be precise, sharp, attentive and quick in receiving and
noting the message and then for immediate subsequent action of further communication.
Communication with Personnel inside the Site during the Incident
Relevant statutory information pertaining to the site must be made available beforehand,
preferably in the form of a booklet, to workers so that they can prepare themselves to
prevent or control the emergency.
In all cases, once the communication of emergency is done, through an alarm, all personnel
should be ready to undertake their roles in the same.
Communication with Personnel outside the Site during the Incident
Because of the suggested planning covered in report, key personnel will typically be
available in all shifts or on short call. But due to some reason, if some are outside or not on
duty and if their help is required, their updated details should be kept in the ECC for
communication.
As far as possible, names should be listed in the order or priority. Communicators should be
told to call in the personnel in the order given, but not to waste time and call the next in
line, returning to those who could not be contacted later.
On making contact, the communicator should give a short pre-arranged message to the
effect that an emergency has been declared at the site. While coming to the site, they
should be instructed to carry with them their identity cards in case they are stopped at road
Fields.
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
16
Communication with External Emergency Services and Relevant Authorities
Communication with external agencies is important and essential, both to control the
emergency and as per regulatory compliance requirements. This is specially so for
reportable (lost time) accidents. In such cases, it is essential that the outside emergency
services as well as relevant outside agencies be informed in the shortest possible time.
Liaison at the local level will help to determine the best means for achieving this.
Relevant agencies that provide emergency services include the fire brigade, nearby
hospitals and doctors, and the police, besides senior local and district administration
personnel. Statutory information, given to such agencies in advance will help them in
arranging emergency services. Other agencies to which communication has to be made are
OISD, DGMS, SPCB, etc.
Communication with Neighboring Firms and the General Public
Telephone can be used for contact with industries in the nearby area with a view of
receiving mutual aid. However, the public in the area, in some circumstances, may require
to be informed about the emergency, which as stated earlier, should be done after careful
evaluation.
Communication with District Crisis Group and the Local Crisis Group
The general public communication will require being provided to the district administration
and this may be done by liasoning with different agencies.
1.13 EMERGENCY DOCUMENTATION AND DOCUMENT CONTROL
Documentation
Emergency documentation consists of:
• The Disaster Management Plan (this chapter) and its Annexure duly completed.
• Related Formats and Records showing compliance with these documents.
The DMP needs to be approved by management prior to issue. All documents should be
easily accessible at individual sites.
Document Control
• Documents should be legible.
• All documents should be protected against damage, deterioration and loss.
• Changes, if any, should also be approved by the Site in-charge.
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
17
• Copies of the approved DMP are to be kept with the Site in-charge at the office in the
Emergency Control Centre, with the Site Main Controller.
• Obsolete documents should be marked as such, and copies of such documents are to
be collected and prevented from being used.
Emergency Control
In case of emergencies, actions can broadly be categorized into the following activities:
• Saving of human lives
• Controlling the spread of the emergency and ultimately stopping it from further
developing
1.14 ONSITE EMERGENCY CONTROL
• Shut down and Isolation: Raising the alarm, followed by immediate safe shut down
and isolation of affected areas.
• Escape, Evacuation and Rescue: Safeguarding human lives at site by commencement
of the Emergency Evacuation and Rescue Plan. Ensuring that all personnel are
accounted for and carrying out a head count of persons evacuated. Notification and
commencement of offsite emergency plan in case offsite impacts are possible.
• Stopping the development of the emergency: Control or response to the emergency
depending upon its nature (fire and explosion). Fire can be somewhat better
controlled through fire fighting, Impacts of explosions cannot be controlled once they
occur, hence efforts will require focusing on provision of relief or control of secondary
impacts (such as property damage or fires) resulting from explosions.
• Treatment of injured: First aid and hospitalization of injured persons.
• Protection of environment and property: During mitigation, efforts should be made to
prevent impacts on environment and property to the extent possible.
• Welfare of the personnel managing the emergency: Changeover, first aid and
refreshments for the persons managing the emergency.
• Informing and collaborating with statutory, mutual aid and other authorities including
those covered in the Local Crisis Group.
• Informing and assisting relatives of the victims.
• Informing the news and electronic media.
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
18
• Preserving all evidences and records: This should be done to enable a thorough
investigation of the true causes of the emergency.
• Investigation and follow up: This requires to be carried out to establish preventive
measures for the future and a review of the DMP
• Ensuring safety of personnel prior to restarting of operations: Efforts require to be
made to ensure that work environment is safe prior to restarting the work.
1.15 OFF-SITE EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN
An emergency may affect areas offsite of the works as for example, an explosion can
scatter debris over wide areas and the effects of blast can cover considerable distances,
wind can spread burning brands of gases. In some cases e.g. as the result of an explosion,
outside damage will be immediate and part of the available resources of the Emergency
Services may need to be deployed in the affected areas. In any case, the possibility of
further damage may remain, e.g. as the result of further explosion or by the effect of wind
spreading burning brands of hazardous material. Management will usually need expert
advice in drawing up plans so that if such a release occurs, they will be able to collaborate
with Emergency Services to estimate as far as practicable which downwind areas are at
risk. It may be necessary to prepare in advance simple charts or tables relating the likely
spread of the vapours cloud taking into account its expected buoyancy, the local topography
and all possible weather conditions during the time of release. Advice on all these matters
can be obtained from the Meteorological Office. Any such advice will include the
recommendation that if a release occurs the local Meteorological Office (whose address is in
the telephone directory) should be contacted for the current state of the weather over a
somewhat wider area and, in the case of prolonged emergencies, information on
imminent changes in weather which may alter the areas at risk. Such information is
likely to be more specific if prior consultation has been made.
GSPC’s obligation for Generating the Offsite Emergency Plan
Offsite emergency preparedness is covered in the Chemical Accidents (Emergency Planning,
Preparedness and Response) Rules, 1996.
The following are the responsibilities towards generation of the Offsite Emergency Plan:
• To provide basic information on Risk and Environmental Impact Assessment to
the Local/District Authority, Police, Fire Brigade, Doctors, surrounding industries and
the public and to appraise them on the consequences and the
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
19
protection/prevention measures and control plans and seek their help to manage
the emergency.
• To assist the District Authorities in preparing the Off-site Emergency Plan.
1.16 CHECKING AND CORRECTIVE ACTION
Monitoring and Measurement
Monitoring of the planned arrangements and the implementation of the DMP are essential to
deliver the required output and enhance emergency preparedness. This includes:
• Provisions for NDT, FMECA and other tests to identify failure of critical equipment,
before it actually takes place.
• Monitoring compliance to permits and statutory requirements laid down by
regulatory authorities.
• Conducting mock drills (including fire drills) to check whether the planned
arrangements are working as per the required norms or not.
• Periodical testing of intrinsically safe equipments
• Identifying minor leaks, accidents, near misses and others incidents that can lead to
emergencies.
A detailed monitoring checklist requires being prepared and the required actions carried out,
prior to start of work.
Records
Records are a means of evaluating performance. Records include (but are not limited to):
• Regulatory records, such as permits and related documents
• Monitoring and test records
• Correspondence with relevant offsite and onsite agencies
Site management will ensure that records are properly maintained and available. It is
desirable to keep copies of all records at the site as well at the project sites, to prevent their
loss. The retention time for these records will depend upon their criticality and an ultimate
decision will require to be taken by Head Office in this regards. Legal records should be kept
permanently.
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
20
DMP Audit, Non Conformance and Corrective Action and Preventive Action
Since this DMP has been designed as a dynamic document, it is required that its
performance be audited at regular intervals. Ideally, persons auditing the DMP should be
external auditors (i.e. not employed at the site being audited). The audit should result in a
set of findings that are put before the site management for review.
Audits will be periodic, at intervals that are decided by the Head Office. Audit reports shall
state the exact non-compliance with the particular clause of this DMP, and should include
steps to be taken to attain compliance, through corrective and preventive actions.
Review of Emergency Performance
The site / head office management will review the findings of the audit and the non-
compliances. It will consider whether the DMP is providing adequate safety assurance to the
management, delivering performance as desired, and whether it continues to be in the spirit
of Environment, Health and Safety Policies, and changing requirements. On the basis of
these, the management will record its decisions and consider modifying the DMP, as
deemed appropriate.
1.17 NATURAL DISASTER
Emergencies may occur due to many reasons. It may occur due to natural causes like
earthquake, cyclone, flood etc. It may occur due to malfunction of standard working
systems or practices. There can be no set criteria for assessing the gravity of a disaster in
the abstract since this depends to a large extent on the physical, economic and social
environment in which it occurs. What would be consider a major disaster in a developing
country, ill equipped to cope with the problems involved, may not mean more than a
temporary emergency elsewhere. However, all disasters bring in their wake similar
consequences that call for immediate action, whether at the local, national or international
level, for the rescue and relief of the victims. This includes the search for the dead and
injured, medical and social care, removal of the debris, the provision of temporary shelter
for the homeless, food, clothing and medical supplies, and the rapid re-establishment of
essential services
Flood levels
Flood data of the region are as mentioned below
River : Sabarmati
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
21
Station name Rasikpura
District & Taluka : Kheda
‘0’ RL in meter : 14.80 m
Observed H.F.L in RL : 19.40 m
Observed H.F.L gauge : 4.60 m
The construction of the site shall be made at the elevation as per the above observed H.F.L
values.
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Annexure 9
Applicable Legislation
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Applicable Legislation
The lists of applicable laws for the proposed EPS facilities are as follows:
• Environment Protection Act, 1986 and amendment thereof
• EIA Notification, 2006 and amendments thereof
• The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 and amendment thereof
• The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 and amendment thereof
• Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Transboundary movement) Rules,
2008 and amendment thereof
• The Noise (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000
• Petroleum Act, 1934
• Oil Mines Regulation, 1984
EIA Notification – Environmental Clearance
As per the new EIA notification SO no. 1533 dated 14 September 2006 issued by Ministry of
Environment and Forests, any project or activity including Offshore and Onshore Oil and
Gas Exploration, Development and Production (which falls under projects or activities
listed under category A in the Schedule), requires prior Environmental Clearance from
Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF), Government of India. The new notification
divides all projects in to two categories i.e. category A and B, based on spatial extent of
potential impacts on human health and natural and manmade resources. All ‘category A’
projects or activities require environmental clearance from the MoEF, Government of India
on recommendations of the Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC) while projects under
‘category B1’ (Category B is subdivided into B1 and B2) require prior clearance from State
/Union territory Environment Impact Assessment Authority (SEIAA), based on
recommendations of a State level Expert Advisory Committee (SEAC).
The proposed onshore oil and gas development project falling under Category A will require
Environmental Clearance from MoEF.
The proposed onshore oil and gas re-development project will be falling under Category A
as per the EIA Notification 2006 and would require prior Environmental Clearance from
MoEF.
2) Scoping
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Projects or activities falling under Category A and B1 are required to determine the Terms of
Reference (TOR) for preparation of an EIA report.
The new EIA notification being recently released and EIA for the project started prior to
release of EIA notification, the EIA report is as per the suggested table of contents of the
EIA notification 2006.
3) Public Consultation
All projects or activities under Category A and B1 will undertake Public Consultations except
for exemptions made for certain kind of projects. No exemption is applicable for oil and gas
projects. Public Consultations will have two components i.e. a) public hearing at the district
level, conducted by the State Pollution Control Board; and b) SPCB receiving responses in
writing from concerned persons with stakes in the project.
The proposed development and production project field falls in Dholka District.
4) Appraisal
EAC at MoEF will undertake appraisal of the project based on Application for Environmental
Clearance;
• Final EIA report; and
• Outcome of public consultations.
The appraisal will be completed within 60 days of the receipt of the application and final EIA
report.
Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 has a broad coverage in which ‘Environment’
includes water, air and land and there exists an interrelationship among water, air, land,
human beings and other creatures. It empowers to take measures in protecting and
improving the quality of the environment through preventing, controlling and abating
environmental pollution. The Government is authorized to set national standards for
ambient environmental quality and controlling discharges to regulate industrial locations, to
prescribe procedure for hazardous substance management and to collect and disseminate
information regarding environmental pollution. The Act provides for severe penalties for
those who fail to comply with or contravenes any provision of the Act.
The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 Including Rules 1982, 1983
and 1987.
For setting up a new project, prior Consent to Establish (CTE) or No Objection Certificate
(NOC) is required under the Air Act as per the prescribed format for the application and
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
applicable fees. Before operational phase of a project, there is requirement of Consent to
Operate (CTO).
For the proposed project, prior NOC and Consent to Operate from Gujarat Pollution Control
Board is required. The application for facilitation of public consultation required under the
EIA notification will have to be filed along with application for NOC.
The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution), Act, 1974 including Rules, 1975
(as amended up to 1988)
This Act provides for the prevention and control of water pollution and maintaining or
restoring good water quality for any establishment. For setting up a new project, prior
Consent to Establish (CTE) or No Objection Certificate (NOC) is required under Water Act as
per the prescribed format for the application and applicable fees. Before operational phase
of a project, there is requirement of Consent to Operate (CTO).
For the proposed project, prior NOC and Consent to Operate would be required from Gujarat
Pollution Control Board under the Water Act. The application for facilitation of public
consultation required under the EIA notification will have to be filed along with application
for NOC.
Manufacture Storage & Import of Hazardous Chemicals (MSIHC) Rules 1989 and
amendment 2000
These rules apply to the activities, which involve handling, storage and import of hazardous
chemicals as specified in Part 2 of Schedule 1 of the Rules. The indicative criteria are
specified in the Part 1 of the same schedule. The rule also applies to the industrial activity
involving isolated storage in the quantities mentioned in Schedule 2. The information on
various requirements and clearances under the MSIHC Rules will have to be furnished to the
SPCB office.
The MSIHC Rules also require provision for the proper storage and handling of chemicals.
Definition and classification of the chemicals as dangerous/hazardous is specified under the
MSIHC Rules and listed in Schedules 1, 2 & 3.
For the proposed oil development, the handling of any of the hazardous chemicals covered
under these rules will be properly classified, labeled and stored. For classification the
indicative criteria refers to the acute toxicity, flammable or explosive characteristics of the
chemical. It would be the general responsibility of GSPC to classify and properly label all the
hazardous substances being handled at it production/terminal site. The classification codes
used for labeling purpose should include corrosive, explosive, reactive, flammable or toxic.
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
The Hazardous Wastes (Management and Handling) Rules, 1989 as amended in
2003 and 2004
The Hazardous Waste (Management & Handling) Rules 1989 were introduced under
Sections 6, 8, and 25 of the Environment (Protection) Act of 1986 (referred to as HWMH
Rules 1989). The HWMH Rules, 1989 provide for the control of generation, collection,
treatment, transport, import, storage and disposal of wastes listed in the schedules annexed
to these rules. The rules are implemented through the State Pollution Control Boards
(SPCB) Pollution Control Committees in the states and UTs respectively. With the 2003
amendment, these rules have become quite comprehensive. The rules define responsibility
of hazardous wastes generators, require safe handling practices and maintenance of
manifest system during transport of hazardous waste and also describe technological
aspects to be followed up by re-refiners and recyclers of hazardous wastes. The rules also
cover liabilities of occupier, transporters and operator of a facility for any damage caused
due to improper handling and disposal of hazardous wastes for reinstating or restoring
environmental damages caused. The occupier of hazardous waste collection, storage,
transportation and disposal requires prior permit called “authorization” under the rules.
Under the rules the occupier of a unit requires prior authorization i.e. permission for
collection, transport, treatment, reception, storage and disposal of hazardous wastes, to be
granted by the competent authority (GPCB) as per Form 1 of the Rules.
S.O. 123(E). - The Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000 dated 14
February, 2000
Due to the increasing ambient noise levels in public places from various sources; industrial
activity, construction activity, generator sets, loud speakers, public address systems, music
systems, vehicular horns and other mechanical devices have deleterious effects on human
health and the psychological well being of the people, it was considered necessary to
regulate and control noise producing and generating sources with the objective of
maintaining the ambient air quality standards. In this respect following noise quality
standard was suggested.
Ambient Noise Quality Standards in respect of public places
Area
Code
Category of
Area/Zone
Limits in dB(A) Leq *
Day time Night time
(A) Industrial area 75 70
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
(B) Commercial area 65 55
(C) Residential area 55 45
(D) Silence zone 50 40
Day time shall mean from 6.00 a.m. to 10.00 p.m. Night time shall mean from 10.00 p.m.
to 6.00 a.m.
Oil Mines Regulations 1984
Oil Mines Regulations 1984 (OMR) is one of the subordinate legislation of the Mines Act,
1952. Besides covering detailed technical and administrative requirements, the OMR covers
among others safety aspects, storage of material and protection against pollution of
environment. The provisions aims at ensuring protection against pollution of environment
arising out of discharge of formation water, oil, drilling fluid, waste, chemical substances or
refuse from a well, tank or other production installation which may:
• Create hazard to public health and safety;
• Run into or contaminate any fresh water structure or body of water or remain in a place
from which it might contaminate any fresh water or body of water; and
• Run over or damage any land, highway or public road.
The gas produced at any installation shall not be discharged to the atmosphere unless
burnt. The gas to be burned shall be discharged from a flare line in the following manner:
1. The flare-line shall terminate with the vertical rise of at least 9 m or such greater height
as may be required by the Regional Inspector by an order in writing;
2. The flare-line shall be adequately anchored and provided with suitable means to prevent
extinction of the flame; and
3. When the gas-flow is intermittent, the flare-line shall be provided with a remote
controlled electrical ignition device to ensure continuous ignition of the emitted gases.
The proposed drilling will follow up of various provisions of the OMR including measures
specified for safety, health and protection against pollution of environment.
The Petroleum Act, 1934 and the Petroleum Rules, 1976
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
This Act and Rules provide procedures and safety measures to be taken up for handling,
storage and transportation of petroleum products. The Rules define the quantity and class of
petroleum for which prior permission from the concerned authorities are required. The
storage requiring prior licenses are as following:
Petroleum class A (having flash point less than 23ºC) not intended for sale of the total
quantity in possession does not exceed 30 litres. Petroleum Act, 1934, Section 8);
Petroleum class B (having flash point from 23 to 65ºC) if the total quantity in possession at
any one place does not exceed 2,500 litres and none of it is contained in a receptacle
exceeding 1,000 litres; (Petroleum Act, 1934, Section 7);
Petroleum class C (having flash point above 65 to 93ºC) if the total quantity in possession
at any one place does not exceed 45,000 litres (Petroleum Act, 1934, Section 7).
The proposed project will store High Speed Diesel (Class B petroleum) to run diesel
generators of quantity less than 2500 litres and storage of crude oil at GCS, GSPC will take
prior approval from Petroleum and Explosives Safety Organization (formerly Chief Controller
of Explosives), Nagpur and follow up of safety measures for the storage of diesel (petroleum
products) and crude oil under the Rules.
ENVIRONMENTAL PERMITS REQUIRED FOR THE PROJECT
The proposed project of exploratory drilling of four wells being covered Environment Impact
Assessment Notification 2006, requiring prior Environmental Clearance from MoEF, will
require the following permits:
1. Public Consultation to be conducted by GPCB;
2. Consent to Establish from GPCB under the Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution)
Act, 1974 and the Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981;
3. Environmental Clearance from Ministry of Environment and Forests, Government of India;
4. Consent to Operate from GPCB under the Water and Air Acts
6. Authorization for collection, treatment, transportation and disposal of Hazardous Wastes
under Hazardous Wastes (Management and Handling) Rules, 1989 as amended in 2003 and
2004;
7. Storage Licenses for Crude Oil and Diesel from Petroleum and Explosives Safety
Organization, Nagpur
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
8. Notify Director General of Mines and Safety (DGMS) before commencement of
exploratory, appraisal and development drilling in the Field as well expansion and operation
of GCS; and
9. Approval from District Collector for land required for drilling locations on lease basis from
the respective landowners.
Directorate General of Hydrocarbons (DGH)
The Directorate General of Hydrocarbons (DGH) is a nodal agency of Ministry of Petroleum
and Natural Gas to ensure optimum exploitation, review/ approve development plans, work
programs, budget, reservoir evaluation, advice on mid-course corrections and appraisal of
work program and monitoring of oil and gas exploration and exploitation activities.
The DGH also advise Government on safety norms and framing regulations on safety in
oilfield operations, prescribe pollution control measures, assist in inspection and periodic
safety audit of field installations/rigs of all Production Sharing Contract operators as well
inspections to monitor stipulations of MoEF/SPCB.
Oil Industry Safety Directorate
Oil Industry Safety Directorate (OISD) is a technical directorate under the Ministry of
Petroleum and Natural Gas that formulates and coordinates the implementation of a series
of self regulatory measures aimed at enhancing the safety in the oil & gas industry in India.
The Safety Council / Safety Directorate does not supplant or, in any way take away the
present responsibilities of various statutory agencies like DGMS, CCE, Inspectorate of
Boilers, Factories Inspectors etc. It also does not dilute the responsibilities of the Chief
Executives of the oil industry, who are ultimately responsible for the safety measures in
their organizations.
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Annexure 10
Ambient Air Quality Report
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
SAMPLING LOCATION: AQ 1 4..*L ayw,qU
l2_ - ol
13 , L2-
iSzrah-r,,-c Qu"U't t'F'u
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
SAMPLING LOCATION: AQ 2
gQrq+u.t o0 Que"t b/La5cr:
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
II
tI
I
SAMPLTNG LOCATTON: AO 3 RqrtraJ'
ll',rq
bt) Qucaul *^r^T*.V
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
SAMPLING LocArIoN: AO 4 S?-+llual
lz. )-3
3i3'na*une-
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
SAMPLING LOCATIoN: AO 5 KAf o f^i
5rJ,rrafu.rt "€ Q.ta,t +1
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
SAMPLING LOCATION: AO 6 dfra-tr^-)
u^ry
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Annexure 11
Ground and Surface Water Quality Report
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
€Frh
r-
rh/
/
\o;Kf,a1Ucg
pI"n
+J}{-
Az
c{roa:
o-flo
\oo- d
d di1r
ot4
\oo
ct)
'oF-VJ
)c-Fr
o
FI
in(ri>9v4q
oIo(y"
-T-en a2
=IJ
0)_
o2
(9 o2 I
J.}fm
IJ I
\0np
1o2
IrGi>rrh Ivt
oc.l(,-lY
Ao6-
I<0
o2
od.
b.'a
A2
<e
a
)o
J
-o|o
a2
os9
Iro\0
cns.D
os-r
oc(
i?o:FJ\JI
psr3
=Od
c_J
#?2
$ArJ
A2 q
0
)"o
<-0<l) a
2
o-rm
\v)
oV\
op-t4
oI o4
;i(,;o
e.O !,15e
Ic\{oI
d+-f
o1
crls
\J"d0
-D
z I s 1)EF^/
p=q.lr
!no--x-
Jd
ocn
*IFI"j
o\0v
cr)<o
Fo7 (^ o
2o4
lp:YCT
d.
roo.6
Pt40r)
fdon
pEtrY"\
olt'o14
0q.s o
..(
U)
Ff
T(Jo-sF
1
1-n€
J
=E
1r 1r1R
E
t'F
-l
FJ
?tr
+f;
T3ift
JT:
gq=
t
lioo
tr
0)|rI
lr(l)
(.)(-
>.
o
F
O
olioc)
t!
ol
zoli
z
z\-7o-!sz
at
.t) g-ii9dY
d.
v)U)
r)
o
O
bo
.t)()bo
Oc)
L)
(J
(t)()P
C)
v).t)(.)
EH
>' Q(hc)
Sr
dQ
s
U)
C)e
a
O
Tra c.l c.) + rn \o r\ 00 o\ C-l ca + (a) \o
0FF1
a
OaFl
Z
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
€Fra
FF]
F-
3
QJ.F-
U)
t=
Fa I\o
F0 a
in
FO
trqC\\
qY
P\c,i"
9qa,
-lw
.>
=c)
e
noL;tn
\9:9
il-r
sFo
o5\9
F+
oI
t-.a? t
o/f+
AL
?a
F0
trp\t(X
qrcv
o-
o<-o
lV̂)_-DnO
AL
rIr6
AL
(\l
Fao,r(h
otr)-l-
T.-9
(L
;o
c4
a;
Foaacrr
q.(&
Ol:ts
"(o4
A2
\d?o
\s
;(n
f-)
Tr-s L){\<
Js5-F
(r=!r5
Yf5
\-{6:
t0)C)d
l-r
|r
k
C)14
P)
oti
()trE1 ()
ITaF
N
zC)
!
z
zoLr
z
ct)
(t)
-0)A:
d;
tV) c.l ca .v t-- oo
\9o
c{,)
+r+-
; zr
d
xI
\-
e,-p
€?a
os-
I
o{
.\\-
('()€\9
f\Fdo
a
N
:6
tz
Acl
4a\-
I
rL;
trf€l
€|\\^=
cIp<)o
<D
6
C>
?e
p"Yo
M r+:o
\ncn
j.
?=
-IcfE
Iq-I
+F5
d
U)
()
a
ol.i
-i.r
aF
r-. ooc.l
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
'./
/ ,/
oM t^
cr\
pV
oe-Nq''
dfb
S
o^(
I ftT-rl
"Bco\o
gF
J
Y.h
#:e"nC\n
->{o
E-
tc
-N
cpdo.A
o.d
<e
e(u, o
I{o\s
F/tnr
e\)(o
a,rb
J c-D
tJI\\
cnvo
c\c\"t
oo
(p
IG9
o-O
hJ:r Ff
qc
trF+
=
o\,ttJ
sF$\4
Fft-.s
o*or
\l4J*s- -c\(
dTc.l
-qD'],1/ ^
o\
;RID5q
o<D
^t
c.lc\
rf4D
\oJ\9
Ms--t
A2
ab-.9
*ss-c{
IqS
\B\)P\9
cnn/]
{5-N
\4I e
L
?ato-5\
o
o"-+
Afri
I
f^\9
o \oF-
cc
F\<
s0o-r
\co\o
F.I-6
\9o
c\trt-
.9{co.V
Cc\
o
F.oo
tr s
tF-3
tG!
j:E3
tr 1>GF
2
{
TJ-5
={
,F.J+f
3ts
{
F 3tr
-f
F {
Fl.-F-.5
35
U)U)
--l
Qd.-o
O
bI)
6
a(.)
bo
tcc
zF
a
r)C)r-|-
r'\
(-)|Tr
a0.)
a'1
-o
(t)q)c)-li
>'I
-
rl
aC)
li
()
a(.)
a
(t)>.
ra)
d.0.)bo
H
-o
-FF
!
rt)
d
au
d
ii
ch-!-
E-O
EVFZ O
c..l cr) + (a t-* ooc.l c.l
c.lcn
cac\l
sc.l
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Annexure 12
EC compliance report
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Environment Clearance Compliance Report
F. No. J‐11011/1046/2007‐ IA II (I) CB‐ONN‐2002/03 (Sanand Miroli Block) Page 1 of 7
Sr. No.
EC condition Compliance status
1 The Ministry of Environment and Forests has
examined the application. It is noted that the proposal is of onshore exploratory drilling for oil and gas in block CB – ONN – 2002/3 under NELP – IV in Sanand Miroli Block in Cambay Basin in Mehsana, Ahmedabad. M/s Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Ltd (GSPC) along with Prize Petroleum Company Ltd, Jubilant Capital Pvt. Ltd. (JCPL) and Geog Global Resources (Barbados) Inc proposes on shore exploratory drilling for 17 nos. well in Block CB – ONN ‐2002/3 under NELP‐IV. Seismic survey has been completed for the area. The area is mainly agricultural land with shrubs. The major surface water bodies are Sabarmati river and Narmada canal. The total block area is 285 sq km and is divided into two part A is Sanand Block and is 132 sq km and part B is Miroli comprising of 153 sq km. There is no reserve forest in the blocks. The project will be undertaken in three phases. The cost of the drill wells is Rs. 10 crores
The details of onshore exploratory drilling wells in CB – ONN – 2002/3 is as mentioned in Annexure A
2 All the onshore and offshore oil and gas exploration, development and production activities are listed at 1 (b) under A category in the schedule of EIA notification 2006 and are appraised at central level
‐‐
3 Based of the information submitted by the project authorities the Ministry of Environment and Forest hereby accords environmental clearance to the above project under the provision of EIA notification 2006 subject to strict compliance of the following specific and general condition
‐‐
SPECIFIC CONDITIONS i. Compensation for the land acquisition to the
land oustees and for standing crop shall be paid as per the National Resettlement and Rehabilitation Policy (NRRP) 2007 / State Government norms. It may be ensure that compensation provided shall not be less than the norms of the NRRP‐2007
Complied. Attached Annexure – B
ii. The commitments and assurances made during public hearing/ public consultation shall be complied with.
Copy of Public Hearing and its Compliance – Attached Annexure ‐ C
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Environment Clearance Compliance Report
F. No. J‐11011/1046/2007‐ IA II (I) CB‐ONN‐2002/03 (Sanand Miroli Block) Page 2 of 7
iii. The company shall comply with the guidelines for disposal of solid waste, drill cutting and drilling fluids for onshore drilling operation notified vide GSR 546 (E) dated 30th August 2005
Generated drill cuttings & Drilling wash water were collected in HDPE lined pit. Drill cuttings & wash water generated were analyzed for hazardous constituents. Since it was non hazardous, it was disposed in HDPE lined waste pit. The characteristic of waste was analyzed and the result of same is attached as Annexure – D
iv. The surface facilities shall be installed as per applicable codes and standards, international practices and applicable local regulations
OISD standards and guidelines were put in to practices.
v. The top soil removed shall be stacked separately for reused during restoration process
Complied. Attached Annexure – E (Site restored)
vi. Drilling waste water including drill cuttings wash water shall be collected in disposal pit lined with HDPE lining evaporated or treated and shall comply with the notified standards for on shore disposal. The membership of common TSDF shall be obtained for the disposal of drill cuttings and hazardous waste. Otherwise secured land fill shall be created at the site as per the design of the secured shall be approved by the CPCB and obtain the authorization of the SPCB. Copy of authorization or membership of TSDF shall be submitted to Ministry’s Regional Office at Bhopal
The details of waste water generated and its disposal is as mentioned in annexure F Drill cutting/ drilling fluid containing oil more than 10 mg/ kg were sent to common TSDF site and the membership for same was obtained by the company
vii. The company shall construct the garland drain all around the drilling site to prevent run off of any oil containing waste in to the nearby water bodies
Wherever possible garland drains were constructed around the sites, At most areas, precautions were taken to prevent oil spillages and their runoff into nearby water bodies
viii. The recyclable waste (oily sludge) and spend oil shall be disposed to the authorized recyclers
The used oil generated was send to authorized recyclers and the copy of manifest for same is attached as Annexure G
ix. Only water based drilling mud shall be used. The drilling mud shall be recycled. In case of use of synthetic oil based mud due to any problem due to geological formation for drilling, low toxicity, oil based mud (OBM) having aromatic content < 1 % shall be used. If it is intended to use such
No synthetic oil based mud were used for drilling purpose Water based drilling mud were used and the same were recycled within the drilling site and reused
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Environment Clearance Compliance Report
F. No. J‐11011/1046/2007‐ IA II (I) CB‐ONN‐2002/03 (Sanand Miroli Block) Page 3 of 7
OBM/ SBM to mitigate specific hole problem, it should be intimated to Ministry of Environment and Forests/ SPCB
x. Quantities of storage and chemicals and additives required for drilling mud preparation shall be below the specified storage permitted under the MSIHC rules
Chemicals used for mud preparation were non hazardous in nature. Precautionary measures were taken as per MSIHC rules
xi. Pre hire rig inspection, safety meeting, tool box meeting, job safety analysis and audits shall be carried out to identify hidden/ potential hazardous
Complied – Attached Annexure H
xii. The company shall take necessary measures to prevent fire hazards, containing oil spill and soil remediation as needed. At place of ground flaring, the overhead flaring stack with knockout drums shall be installed to minimize gaseous emissions during flaring.
GSPC had carried out the work as per the Petroleum standards; All OISD and relevant standards /procedures were followed to prevent fire hazards & containing oil spill. Fire fighting facilities were provided at site as per OISD 189. NO Flaring, Since this was only Drilling activity
xiii. The company shall take necessary measures to reduce noise levels at the drill site by providing mitigation measures such as proper acoustic enclosures to the DG set and meet the norms notified by the MoEF. Height of all the stacks/vents shall be provided as per the CPCB guidelines.
Hierarchy of control was followed to avoid and eliminate noise source. However wherever noise source could not be avoided, Required PPE’s were being provided to bring down the noise levels.
GSPC has hired the services of MoEF recognized laboratory to monitor the noise levels at site. Attached Annexure I
xiv. To prevent fire and explosion at Oil and Gas facility, potential ignition sources should be kept to a minimum and adequate separation distance between potential ignition sources and flammable material should be in place.
Complied, which was ensured during internal HSE inspection.
xv. The company shall develop a contingency plan for H2S release including all necessary aspects from evacuation to resumption of normal operations. The workers should be provided with personal H2S detectors in locations of high risk of exposure along with self containing breathing apparatus.
During drilling operations 2 stationed H2S detectors and one mobile detector were made available at site for regular monitoring but did not notice presence of H2S. H2S contingency plan – Attached Annexure – J
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Environment Clearance Compliance Report
F. No. J‐11011/1046/2007‐ IA II (I) CB‐ONN‐2002/03 (Sanand Miroli Block) Page 4 of 7
xvi. To prevent well blowouts during drilling operations, Blow Out Preventor (BOP) system shall be installed. Blow Out Prevention System during drilling shall focus on maintaining well bore hydrostatic pressure by proper pre well planning and drilling fluid logging etc.
Drilling operations carried out by installing the Blow Out Preventor and it was tested regularly
xvii. The company shall take measures after completion of drilling process by well plugging and secured enclosures, decommissioning of rig upon abandonment of the well and drilling site shall be restored the are in original condition. In the event that no economic quantity of hydrocarbon is found a full abandonment plan shall be implemented for the drilling site in accordance with the applicable Indian Petroleum Regulations.
In the event that no economic quantity of hydrocarbon was discovered, GSPC’s well defined drilling and well abandonment procedures were implemented and site was restored to its original condition. The photograph of site restoration is attached as annexure E
xviii. Occupational health surveillance of the workers shall be carried out as per the prevailing Acts and Rules.
Complied.
xix. In case the commercial viability of the project is established, the Company shall prepare a detailed plan for development of oil and gas fields and obtain fresh clearance from the Ministry.
Complied. As per the commercial viability at EPS M1 and M1 A1, company has applied for fresh clearance to Ministry.
GENERAL CONDITIONS: i. The project authorities must strictly adhere to
the stipulations made by the Gujarat State Pollution Control Board, the State Government and any other statutory.
NOC from GPCB was obtain and complied. Attached Annexure K
ii. No further expansion or modification in the project shall be carried out without prior approval of the Ministry of Environment & Forests. In case of deviations or alternations in the project proposal from those submitted to this Ministry for clearance, afresh reference shall be made to the Ministry to assess the adequacy of conditions imposed and to add additional environmental protections measures required, if any.
Well Noted.
iii. The emissions of (RSPM, SPM, SO2, NOx, HC and VOC) from DG set and from flare stack shall confirm to the standards prescribed by the SPCB. Regular monitoring of ambient Air for HC and VOC shall be carried out as per CPCB guidelines. Stack height attached to DG sets shall be in –
AAQ monitoring was carried out quarterly. Attached Annexure L
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Environment Clearance Compliance Report
F. No. J‐11011/1046/2007‐ IA II (I) CB‐ONN‐2002/03 (Sanand Miroli Block) Page 5 of 7
conformance with the environment protection acts and rules.
iv. The project authorities must strictly comply with the rules and regulations under Manufacture, Storage and import of Hazardous Chemicals Rules, 1989 as amended subsequently. Prior approvals from Chief Inspectorate of Factories, Chief Controller of Explosives, Fire Safety Inspectorate etc must be obtained, wherever applicable.
Chemicals were stored on requirement basis only, MSIHC rules, Not applicable.
v. The project authorities must strictly comply with the rules and regulation with regard to handling and disposal of Hazardous Wastes (Management and Handling) Rules, 1989/2003 where ever applicable. Authorization from the State Pollution Control Board must be obtained for collections/treatment /storage/disposal of hazardous wastes.
Generated drill cuttings & Drilling wash water were collected in HDPE lined pit. Drill cuttings & wash water generated were analyzed for hazardous constituents by MoEF recognized laboratory. Since it was non hazardous, it was disposed in HDPE lined waste pit. Attached Annexure – D Used oil generated were handed over to authorized recyclers
vi. The overall Noise levels in and around the plant area shall be kept within the standards by providing noise control measures including acoustic hoods, silencers, enclosures etc. On all sources of noise generation. The ambient noise levels shall conform to the standards prescribed under EPA rules 1989 viz 75 dBA (daytime) and 70 dBA (nighttime).
Hierarchy of control was followed to avoid and eliminate noise source. However wherever noise source could not be avoided, Required PPE’s were being provided to bring down the noise levels.
GSPC has hired the services of MoEF recognized laboratory to monitor the noise levels at site. Attached Annexure I
vii. A separate Environmental Management Cell equipped with full fledged laboratory facilities must be set up to carry out the Environmental management and monitoring functions.
GSPC has hired the service of MoEF recognized laboratory to carry out Environment Monitoring at site.
viii. The project authorities will provide adequate funds both recurring and noncurring to implement the conditions stipulated by the Ministry of Environment and Forests as well as the State Government along with the implementation schedule for all the conditions
Drilling is a short term activity. However Drilling budget included Budget for Environment Monitoring at and site restoration, which were utilized accordingly.
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Environment Clearance Compliance Report
F. No. J‐11011/1046/2007‐ IA II (I) CB‐ONN‐2002/03 (Sanand Miroli Block) Page 6 of 7
stipulated herein. The funds so provided shall not be diverted for any other purposes.
ix. The regional office of this Ministry at Bhopal/Central Pollution Control Board/State Pollution Control Board will monitor the stipulated conditions. A Six monthly compliance report and the monitored data along with statistical interpretation shall be submitted to them regularly.
Complied. Attached Annexure M
x. The project proponent shall inform the public that the project has been accorded environmental clearance by the Ministry and copies of the clearance letter are available with the State Pollution Control Board/ Committee and may also be seen at website of the Ministry and Forests at http:/WWW.envfor.nic.in. This shall be advertised within seven days of the issue of this letter in at least two local newspapers that are widely circulated in the region of which one shall be in the vernacular language of the locality concerned.
Couldn’t be published in newspaper, as EC was received very late, however is displayed on GSPC website. www.gspcgroup.com
xi. The project authorities shall inform the Regional Office as well as the Ministry, the date of financial closure and final approval of the project by the concerned authorities and the date of commencing the land developmental work.
NA
xii. The Ministry may revoke or suspend the clearance, if implementation of any of the above conditions is not satisfactory.
Agreed
xiii. The Ministry reserves the right to stipulate additional conditions if found necessary. The Company in a time bound manner will implement these conditions.
Agreed
xiv. The above conditions will be enforced, inter alia under the provisions of the Water (Prevention &
Agreed
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Environment Clearance Compliance Report
F. No. J‐11011/1046/2007‐ IA II (I) CB‐ONN‐2002/03 (Sanand Miroli Block) Page 7 of 7
control of pollution) Act, 1974, The Air (Prevention & control of pollution) Act,1981, The Environment (Protection) Act,1986, Hazardous Wastes (Management & Handling) Rules, 1989, 2003 and the Public Liability Insurance act 1991 along with their amendments and rules.
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Details of Drilling wells in block CB – ONN – 2002/3 under NELP – IV in Sanand Miroli Block in Cambay Basin in Mehsana, Ahmedabad
Sr No.
Well Area Survey no. Village Taluka District Drilling Period
Total days of rig mobilization
1 M #1 Ambaliyara 832,833,835,836 Ambaliyara Dholka Ahmedabad 37 days
37 days
2 M#4 Bakrol 513/A,B, 514, 515, 512, 500+501, 517, 516, 525, 518, 523, 522, 529, 383, 382, 381, 380, 379, 378, 377, 475, 476, 482, 508, 480, 507, 481, 506, 488, 503, 504, 505, 505, 505.
Bakarol & Vishalpur
Daskroi Ahmedabad 30 days
30 days
3 M#2 Miroli 468, 469, 470, 470, 471, 471, 472, 474.
Miroli Daskroi Ahmedabad 57 days
57 days
4 SE#4 Manipur 17, 18, 19, 24. Manipur Daskroi Ahmedabad 30 days
30 days
5 SE#2 Manipur 17, 18. Manipur Daskroi Ahmedabad 45 days
45 days
6 SE#3 Manipur 17, 18, 19, 24. Manipur Daskroi Ahmedabad 71 days
71 days
7 M#3 Saroda 451, 453/10, 683, 453/10, 453/9, 453/7, 451, 751, 753, 750.
Saroda Dholka Ahmedabad 44 days
44 days
8 M#7 Saroda 801/1, 801/1, 815. Saroda Dholka Ahmedabad 49 49 days
Please register P
DF
Splitter and M
erger
DE
MO
days 9 M#6 Ambaliyara 862, 873, 915, 866, 865, 863,
867, 874, 875. Ambaliyara Dholka Ahmedabad 33
days 33 days
10 M#1A1 Ambaliyara 827, 828, 829, 830P, 833, 832. Ambaliyara Dholka Ahmedabad 27 days
27 days
11 SE#8 Jhalora 344/1, 344/4, 344/2, 362, 363, 356, 361.
Jhalora Kadi Mehsana 19 days
19 days
12 SE#9 Nandoli 225, 225, 225, 232, 231, 216. Nandoli Kalol Gandhinagar 23 days
23 days
13 SE#5 17, 18, 19, 24. Manipur Daskroi Ahmedabad 40 days
40 days
14 M#5 Kadariyapur 429/76, 429/49, 429/51, 429/11, 429/9, 429/8, 429/7, 429/6, 429/5, 443/P-18, 453/15, 453/6, 446, 453/13, 452, 451, 429/77
Chandisar & Saroda
Dholka Ahmedabad 70 days
70 days
15 SE#11 Bavlu 1844, 1850, 1854, 1855, 1856, 1853/B
Bavlu Kadi Mehsana 34 days
34 days
16 SE#10 Garodiya 251/1, 251/2P, 251/3, 251/3, 251/5, 251/4, 249P
Garodiya Daskroi Ahmedabad 30 days
30 days
17 SE 14 Thol 479 Thol Kalol Gandhinagar 14 days
14 days
Please register P
DF
Splitter and M
erger
DE
MO
Please register P
DF
Splitter and M
erger
DE
MO
Please register P
DF
Splitter and M
erger
DE
MO
Please register P
DF
Splitter and M
erger
DE
MO
Please register P
DF
Splitter and M
erger
DE
MO
Please register P
DF
Splitter and M
erger
DE
MO
Please register P
DF
Splitter and M
erger
DE
MO
Please register P
DF
Splitter and M
erger
DE
MO
Please register P
DF
Splitter and M
erger
DE
MO
Please register P
DF
Splitter and M
erger
DE
MO
Please register P
DF
Splitter and M
erger
DE
MO
Please register P
DF
Splitter and M
erger
DE
MO
Please register P
DF
Splitter and M
erger
DE
MO
Please register P
DF
Splitter and M
erger
DE
MO
Please register P
DF
Splitter and M
erger
DE
MO
Please register P
DF
Splitter and M
erger
DE
MO
Please register P
DF
Splitter and M
erger
DE
MO
Please register P
DF
Splitter and M
erger
DE
MO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Type of waste Quantity Disposal Plan
Waste drill
cutting
150 MT/
well
Drill cutting/ drilling fluid containing oil
more than 10 mg/ kg were sent to TSDF
Drilling mud and drill cuttings were stored
in HDPE line pit at drilling site for
evaporation. After completion of drilling,
the same were covered with impervious
liner and filled with top soil
Drill fluid ~1000
m3/well
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
EFFLUENT ANALYSIS REPORT*
Name of industry : M/s.Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Ltd.
Sampling Point : Drilling Cutting SE 10
Sample No. : 10/574/08
Sampling Date : 23.10.2008
Type of Collection : Grab
Reporting Date : 13.11.2008
Sample Collected by M/s. Kadam Environmental Consultants
PARAMETERS ANALYSED UNIT : RESULTS On-Shore Discharge
Standards
Total Chromium mg/lit. : Nil 1.00
Hexa Chromium mg/lit. : Nil 0.10
Copper mg/lit. : 0.106 0.20
Lead mg/lit. : Nil 0.10
Nickel mg/lit. : Nil 3.00
Cadmium mg/lit. : 0.024 -
Arsenic mg/lit. : Nil -
Oil & Grease mg/lit. : Traces 10
• * * Analysis Method : reference – STANDARD METHODS for the Examination of Water and Waste
water- Prepared and jointly Published by : American Public Health, Association American Water Works
Association , Water Pollution Control Federation
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Ple
ase
regi
ster
PD
F S
plitt
er a
nd M
erge
r
DE
MO
Waste Water Generation
Waste water
generated
Quantity Disposal Plan
Wash water 25 KLD/
well
Waste water generated was
collected in HDPE lined pit for and
later were evaporated.
At decommissioning of drill well
the waste pit was covered with
impervious liner and a thick layer
of top soil was laid on the same
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
HSE Inspection
Date of Inspection: 5th
September 2008.
Location: SE #11,
Rig : DR -5; Owned and operated by M/s Dewanchand
Inspection carried out by:
1. Mr. Ajay Patel (Manager – QHSE)
2. Mr. Rakesh Panchal (Drilling Engineer)
During a short visit of rig DR -5, a site HSE inspection was carried out on 5th
September at
SE # 11 location, as preparation to spud the well was in progress. Following observations we
had.
• Aviation light seems dim.
• Poor illumination at site.
• Mast doesn’t have proper lights.
• Fire extinguishers which we checked, approx 60-70% were found not in order i.e.
pressure gauge showed no or less pressure.
• One of Fire Extinguisher, we observed in which Safety pin was not secured properly.
• One fire extinguisher put on rig floor having capacity of 10 Kg, when we lifted it
then we found that the cartridge was loose. (hitting the inner container)
• DCP fire extinguisher (big) were placed much closed to the Generator sets, even
small fire extinguisher of 5 kg were placed on floor of generator room flooring.
• One of electrical cable for light having three improper joints at very short intervals.
• All the ladders approaching to Rig floor were not installed / fitted properly (one bolt
each side )
• Main ladder leading to Rig Floor (Dog House) having damaged / improper steps
which may lead to accident. Even the railing of the same ladder is not proper
(straight). The First step of this ladder at rig floor is not straight (slanting), which is
more dangerous for anybody who is stepping down from rig floor.
• Even the face plats of ladder were observed in such a way so that it may create
tripping Hazard to individual.
• Rig floor is uneven which may lead to trip / fall hazard to the crew working on rig
floor.
• Two eye stations were observed one on rig floor ( out side the Dog house) which
does not have enough pressure of water to wash eyes where as second one was
installed at Mud tank area which was open and dust found in the water which was
less.
• Gratings on mud tank found uneven and some of them required immediate
replacement.
• Fire Fighting pump and accessories were not at site.
• Only two safety belts were at site.
• Top Man Escape device was not properly tightened and clamped.
Your immediate attention is required on above issues and further you are requested to come
up with action plan with tentative date of completion of each poinr latst by 8th
Sept 2008.
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Contingency Plan for Handling H2S
The possibility of Presence/release of Hydrogen Sulphide (H2S) gas is almost negligible during drilling operation in KG-Onland Block. Even though the Multiple H2S detectors will be installed at different places at drill site for detection of presence of H2S during drilling operation as precautionary measure. Monitoring of H2S gas will be practiced frequently during drilling activity and data will be maintained at site.
The purpose of this contingency plan is to educate the employee for H2S identification and to reduce hydrogen sulfide (H2S) exposure to below the Permissible Exposure Limit.
H2S Characteristic Color Colorless Odor “Rotten eggs” (detectable at 10 ppb) Toxicity Highly toxic Flammability Flammable
Solubility 0.4%
Incompatibilities Strong oxidizers, strong nitric, acid, metal
Exposure to hydrogen sulfide above published limits can result in adverse health effects including:
• Eye irritation • Lung effects • Central Nervous System effects on parts of the brain that control breathing • Shock, convulsions and death at high exposures
Symptoms of hydrogen sulfide exposure include:
• Eye irritation • Nose and throat irritation • Headache, dizziness • Nausea • Cough, breathing difficulty
Exposer Limits:
Permissible Exposure limit (PEL) for H2S is 10 ppm for eight-hour time-weighted average (TWA8) or 15 ppm for Short Term Exposure limit (STEL) as averaged over 15 minutes.
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Contingency Plan for Handling H2S
In case of unexpected release of H2S gas below Guidelines to be followed.
• The person detecting the H2S must IMMEDIATELY notify the driller. The
driller will, in turn, notify the Toolpusher and/or the Drilling Superintendent.
• The drilling operation will be stopped immediately untill the drill site will be
decleared free and safe from H2S.
• Hold their breath if air breathing equipment is not available;
• Rapidly evacuate the area containing the H2S and move crosswind direction if
possible;
• move up assembly point or safest area.put on a BA by only trained person;
• Evacuate anyone who may be affected by the gas to a safe area; administer
resuscitation or oxygen as needed or seek external medical aid at nearest
hospital
• Put on air breathing equipment before helping anyone overcome by H2S;
• Quickly evacuate to the assigned or announced safe-briefing area to receive
instructions from supervisory personnel; and
Don’t create/be panic.
Monitoring / Observation During Specific Operations
During drilling operations the H2S levels indicated by the monitors must be continuously observed during the following operations after penetrating a zone where H2S was identified during drilling:
1. When pulling a wet string of drillpipe
2. When circulating bottoms-up after a drilling break
3. During cementing operations (including abandonment)
4. During logging operations
5. When circulating to condition drilling fluid
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Annexure 13
HSE Policy
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Annexure 14
Minutes of Meeting of Public hearing
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Annexure 15
NABET accreditation
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
^-.
l t- scrlieln€ foi Adc.editetioa ofFraf,onsrltant on€arizadons
Scope of Accreditation
NAME OF THE CONSULTANT ORGANIZATTON; D€tox Corporation An. timited3'" Floor, KG Chambers,Opp. Gujrafs-amachar Press,Udhna Darwaja,
SectorNg
124819
31
*Secfors ollocated to
Annexure I
SLNo.
L.2.3.4.5.
6.
CatesorvNE
7. 32
8. 339. 36
B ,AAAA
iA
AB
11.
r u&KKYc,E.o.
Detox Corporation h. Ltd., Surat PaEe 2 of 73
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Annexure 16
TOR Copy
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Final Environmental Impact Assessment Impact Assessment
Report
Surface Production System (EPS)For
Production of Crude oil and Associated Gas
AtEPS M1-Survey no. 832,833, 835, 836 & 838
EPS M1A1 – Survey no – 827, 828, Village: Ambaliyara, Taluka: Dholka, Dist: Ahmedabad, Gujarat
Project Proponent
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited
3rd Floor, K. G. Chambers,
Prepared By:
Opp. Gujarat Samachar Press, Udhna Darwaja, Ring Road,
Surat - 395 002.
NABET Accreditation vide letter no. NABET/EIA/RA002/034 dated 12/12/2013
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
-{,-r5
EIA COORDINATOR
Name 4
Signatu re
Date
Period of Involvement
Contact information
Dec|arationbyExpertscontributingtotheEtAf6rGsPcL|M|TED
l, hereby, certify that I was a part of the EIA team in the following capacity that developed the above EIA
Mr. PushPak Shah
31't october 2013
Frorn MaY 2013 to till date
9824412866
FUNCTIONAL AREA EXPERT
Name of theexpert/sPUSHPAK SHAH
lnvof:rement (Task**)
situ-uitffi"monitoring locations for ambient air,
impact identification with respect to
process on air environment and
suggesting mitigation measures,
formulating environment
management Plan, suggesting
monitoring Plan Post EC
lnvolvement{Period)
Signature &DateSr.
no.Functionalarea
From MaY 2013
to till date
7rula* I
L. AP
From lJlaY 2013
to till date /
' 1Pl't"t3
2. WP PUSHPAK SHAI-I Site visit, tinaliztng basetlne
monitoring locations for ground
water & Surface water, imPact
identification for water environment,
formulating environment
management Plan, suggesting
and hazardous waste generation
from process, suggesting disPosal
Plan
From MaY 2013
to till date /'z&n'&-7r-l&*
3 SHW PUSHPAK SHAH
From MaY 201-3
to till date J4 SE DT. DILIP SHAH Site Visit/ Field Survey, Assessment or
the oossible changes to socio-
economic issues arisinC o9l gllftg
I
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
/
/
--lvnoiP
proposed project activity
5. EB Dr. MANOJ
ELEDATH
Site Visit, identification of fauna and
flora vide ground truthing, validationof primary data through secondarY
data, impact identification due toproject activity on existing flora and
fauna, suggesting Sreen beltdevelopment plan
From May 2013
to till date ,{rtncneoHmr: ,.YrrH
6. HG NILKANTH
KELAVANEKAR
Site Visit, Study geologY of area bY
using available secondarY data,
collection of ground water samples
from the existing bore wells and
analysis of same for study of ground
water quality in area. Analysis theground water level in the area bY
using hydrographs from secondary
data
From May 2013
to till date
1 GS
8. AQ ANKITA
BHAIRAVIYA
HITENDRA KELA
Site visit, deciding predominant winddirection in the area bY using Past
meteorology data, identifYing theambient air monitoring location in
coordination with AP, validating thestack height rvith standards and
conducting air modeling using ISC ST3
From May 2013
to till date
9. NV PUSHPAK SHAH Site visit, identifying locations forbaseline noise monitoring, study theprocess and identify the various
sources from where Possible noise
emission can occur, predicting impactdue to various sources of noise bY
noise modeling software, suggesting
mitigation measures and forrnulatingenvironment management Plan
From May 2013
to till dateb_ Nh^4
ffiry
1_0. LU IESSICA KARIA Development of landuse maPs ofstudy area using GIS / related
tools, site visit for ground truthsurvey- finalization of landuse
maps, contribution to EIA
docurnentation
From May 2013
to till dateArrnct't go
lleXroSr"t
.J.L.RH MITESH DESAI
ANKITA
BHAIRAVIYA
Study the process, identifu the risk
and hazards due to project activity,Developing & interPretingconsequence contours, suggesting
mitigation measures
From May 2013
to till date
n
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
ADDITIONAL PERSONNEL
Declaration by the Head of the Accredited Consultant Organization
l, CHETAN CONTRACTOR, hereby confirm that the above mentioned experts prepared the GSPC
LIMITED, EIA report.
Signature
Name
Designation MANAGING DIRECTOR
M/s DETOX CORPORATION PRIVATE LIMITED
Lette r no. NA B ETIE I A/RA002/034 dated 12 / L2 / 2OI3
Name of the EIA Consultant Organization
NABET Certificate No. & lssue Date
Sr.
no.Functionalarea
Name of theexpert/s
lnvolvement (Task**) lnvolvement(Period)
Signature &Date
t. AP, WP and
SHW
Ankita Bhairaviya Worked as part of team with EIA
coordinator for compilation ofre po rt
Team member with FAE for AP, WP
and SHW
From May 2013
to till date
2. AFAE-AQ, WP,
SHW
Maitri Contractor Team member with FAE for AQ,
WP, SHW
From May 2013
to till date qel3. AFAE- AQ" EB,
RH
Kinjisha Patel Team member with FAE for AQ" EB,
RH
From May 2013
to till date
4 AFAE _ AP
EB, WP
Nandan Kumar Team member with FAE for AP
Team member with FAE for EB, WP
From May 2013
to till date
5. WP, AP, NV SaurabhPacheriwala
Team member with FAE for WP,
AP, NV
From August2013 to tilldate
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
F-7, Devkinandan ComPlex,Opp. Priyadarshini SocietY,Makarpura Road,Vadodara - 390010t 91-265-6540592
Environment & RS-GIS GonsultantProPrietor:
Dr. Jessica P. KariaM.Sc., Ph. D.
Email : director@envirogis. inWebsite: www. envirogis. i n
Date : 24th August,2014
The Managing DirectorDetox Corporation Pvt. Ltd.3rd Floor, K. G. Chambers,Udhna Dar,iraja, Ring Road,Surat 395 002
Kind Attn.: EIA Coordinator - Pushpak Shah
ENVIRO.GIS SER,V|CES
My association with Detox Corporation Pvt. Ltd. as a FunctionalArea Expert in the field of Land Use (LU)
EtA report for M/s. GSPC Limited, EPS M1 and EPS # MlAlLocated at Ambaliyara, Taluka: Dholka
Dear Sir,
This is to certify that t, JESSICA KARIA was a part of the EIA team that carried out
the EIA study. My expertise as a Land use (LU) expert was provided for the same.
My association may please be stated in the EIA report of M/s. GSPC Limited' EPS
M{ and EPS # MlA{ located at Ambaliyafa, Taluka: Dholka.
Thanking you.
Yours truly,
For Enviro GIS Services
Sub.
Ref.
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Ph*:re:{STg}-2$S}"?613M*bitt:$98}41}?132'S9$?9E94'3"34Ir*a{l;k*tl*s $t43SY*tu**'**"rt:
Re f'No; fi\k{:$l gS iZi}lr
Ilei:*xCorPurati Pvt-LID,3'dFloor. K'G' chantbers,
Udhnal) a,
ltring ru*ci, iir"trnt
Kind Attn.: i:IA C*r*rdin;rtnr - Pushpek $fuah
Su'b,
ile{'.
1,!v ass**lnti*n with llet$s crirp*r*tir:n ilvt. l-t''1. as * Iir-lnr:tiolt'al Artu
11 *rt.i;r thE fi*l<{ r:f }{vd:<>ge*logy{HG)
q)$te: 1," Clt:tobn 2{13
$c.rr 5ir,
Lin:ritee"i, ilyS h.t1 .rncl iJIl$ # h'{1A"1 troeatec{;rt Arnbali,vil:a'"f;rI*}qa: Dhnlka
'1'hatrkiltg t'c,ru
trd.fL;\\rAi\{iY(AI{}
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
ANANTHSREE ECO - CARETERRESTRIAL & AQUATIC BIODIVERSITY RESEARCH CENTRE
office '# 8-9, Third floor, Meghna complex, Besides Bharat petroleum pump,Near Bhatar Ghar Rasta, Udhna - Magdalla Road, surat - 995012, Gujarat, India.
fi' (0261 ) 223231 1, E-Mait-ananthshree@hotmai t.com
Arcfoam{Fffi,/01/m13
Detox Corporatiofr PvtLTD3'd Floor,K.G. chambers,Udhna Darwaj+Ringroad, Surat
Kind Attn. : EIA Coordinator Pushpak Shah
2FlDeren6ct, m13
Dear Sir,
Sub.
Ref.
:
: My association with Detox Corporation pvr.LTD. as a Functionar AreaExpert in the field of Ecology & Biodiversity (EB)
: ErA report for \zr/s. GSPC Limited, Eps Ml AND Eps # MlAl rocated atAmbaliyara, Taluka Dholka
This is to certify that I, Dr- Manoj Eledath was a part of the EIA tearn that carried out the EIAstudy and associated report as stated above. My expertise as an Ecology & Biodiversity (EB)expert was provided for the same. My association may please be stated in the EIA report of EIAreport for l\d/s. GSPC Limited, EPS Ml AND EPS # M]-AL Located at Ambaliyara , TalukaDholka
.Thanking you
9 "r *%Un "-5"-11",-6J1*,L$ULS"-11 "^,-Sn**^a,
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 1
Contents
1 Executive Summary ................................................................................ 11
1.1 Salient Features Of Site ........................................................................... 12
1.2 Need Of Project ...................................................................................... 12
1.3 Cost Of Project ....................................................................................... 12
1.4 Land Area Break Up ................................................................................ 12
1.5 Green Belt Development .......................................................................... 13
1.6 Process Details ....................................................................................... 13
1.7 Fuel Consumption Details ......................................................................... 14
1.8 Environmental Parameters ....................................................................... 14
1.8.1 Air Environment ...................................................................................... 14
1.8.2 Water Environment ................................................................................. 16
1.8.3 Noise Environment .................................................................................. 19
1.8.4 Land Environment ................................................................................... 20
1.8.5 Solid Waste Generation ............................................................................ 21
1.8.6 Hazardous Waste Generation .................................................................... 21
1.8.7 Socio Economic Environment .................................................................... 21
1.8.8 Risk Assessment ..................................................................................... 21
1.9 Environment Management System ............................................................ 22
1.10 Environment Monitoring Plan Post EC ......................................................... 22
2 Introduction ........................................................................................... 23
2.1 Project Proponent ................................................................................... 23
2.2 Product Profile ........................................................................................ 23
2.3 Project Background ................................................................................. 23
2.4 Salient Features Of Site ........................................................................... 29
2.5 Need Of The Project ................................................................................ 30
2.6 Cost Of Project ....................................................................................... 30
2.7 Land Area Break Up ................................................................................ 30
2.8 Purpose Of Study .................................................................................... 31
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 2
2.9 Applicable Legislation .............................................................................. 31
2.10 Definition Of EIA ..................................................................................... 31
2.10.1 Methodology .......................................................................................... 32
2.10.2 Scope Of Study ...................................................................................... 32
2.10.3 Structure Of EIA Report ........................................................................... 38
3 Process Description ................................................................................. 41
3.1 Product Details ....................................................................................... 41
3.2 Fuel Details ............................................................................................ 41
3.3 Process Description ................................................................................. 41
3.3.1 Two Stage Separator ............................................................................... 44
3.3.2 Storage Tank ......................................................................................... 44
3.3.3 Bath Heater ........................................................................................... 44
3.3.4 Flare ..................................................................................................... 44
3.3.5 Drain Pit For Waste Water ........................................................................ 44
3.3.6 Fire ..................................................................................................... 44
3.3.7 Hazardous Waste Storage ........................................................................ 45
3.4 Water .................................................................................................... 45
3.4.1 Water Consumption ................................................................................. 45
3.4.2 Waste Water Generation .......................................................................... 45
3.5 Electricity .............................................................................................. 46
3.6 Stacks ................................................................................................... 46
3.7 Solid Waste Generation ............................................................................ 46
3.8 Hazardous Waste .................................................................................... 47
4 Baseline Study ....................................................................................... 48
4.1 Meteorology Study .................................................................................. 48
4.2 Ambient Air Quality ................................................................................. 50
4.2.1 Study Period And Area ............................................................................. 50
4.2.2 Details Of Parameter Monitored And Analysis Method Adopted ....................... 50
4.2.3 Air Monitoring Locations ........................................................................... 51
4.2.4 Baseline Data ......................................................................................... 54
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 3
4.3 Water Environment ................................................................................. 55
4.3.1 Hydrology Of Area................................................................................... 55
4.3.2 Baseline Study ....................................................................................... 57
4.3.3 Study Period And Sampling Frequency ....................................................... 57
4.3.4 Details Of Parameter Monitored And Analysis Method Adopted ....................... 57
4.3.5 Water Sampling Locations ........................................................................ 58
4.3.6 Ground Water Quality .............................................................................. 60
4.3.7 Surface Water Quality.............................................................................. 62
4.4 Soil Environment .................................................................................... 64
4.5 Noise Environment .................................................................................. 67
4.6 Land Use Study ...................................................................................... 68
4.6.1 Primary Data Collection ........................................................................... 68
4.6.2 Secondary Data Collection ........................................................................ 68
4.6.3 Area Statistics Of Land Use/ Cover Classes ................................................. 68
4.7 Bio Ecology Study ................................................................................... 70
4.7.1 Floral Diversity Of Study Area ................................................................... 71
4.7.2 Faunal Biodiversity Of Study Area ............................................................. 73
4.8 Socio Economic Data ............................................................................... 75
5 Impact Identification ............................................................................... 78
5.1 Air Environment ...................................................................................... 78
5.2 Water Environment ................................................................................. 84
5.3 Solid Waste Generation ............................................................................ 84
5.4 Hazardous Waste Generation .................................................................... 84
5.5 Socio Economic Environment .................................................................... 84
5.6 Summary Of Impacts Identified And Its Mitigation Measures ......................... 85
6 Environment Management Plan ................................................................. 93
6.1 Administrative Aspects Of EMP .................................................................. 93
6.2 Environment Mangement Plan................................................................... 93
6.2.1 Ambient Air ............................................................................................ 93
6.2.2 Noise .................................................................................................... 98
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 4
6.2.3 Water .................................................................................................... 99
6.2.4 Waste Water ........................................................................................ 100
6.2.5 Solid Waste .......................................................................................... 101
6.2.6 Hazardous Waste .................................................................................. 101
6.3 Environment Management Cell ................................................................ 102
6.4 Budgetary Allocation For Environment Management Plan ............................ 105
7 Environment Monitoring Plan .................................................................. 106
7.1 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring ............................................................... 106
7.2 Stack Monitoring ................................................................................... 106
7.3 Noise Environment ................................................................................ 106
7.4 Water And Waste Water Quality Monitoring .............................................. 107
7.4.1 Environment Laboratory ........................................................................ 107
7.5 Post Project Environment Monitoring Budgetary Allocation .......................... 107
8 Project Benefits .................................................................................... 108
8.1 Employment Potential ............................................................................ 109
9 Consultant Details ................................................................................. 110
List of Tables
Table 1: Location of EPS ..................................................................................... 11
Table 2: Product Profile ....................................................................................... 11
Table 3: Salient features of site ........................................................................... 12
Table 4: Green belt development plan ................................................................... 13
Table 5: Fuel consumption details ........................................................................ 14
Table 6: Average values for air pollutants in study area of EPS#M 1 & M 1A1 ............. 14
Table 7: Stack Details ......................................................................................... 15
Table 8: Resultant Concentration due to incremental increase for DG set stack for
EPS#M1 & M1 A1 ............................................................................................... 16
Table 9: Water monitoring location and major parameters for study are of EPS#M1 & M1
A1 ................................................................................................................... 17
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 5
Table 10: Water Consumption .............................................................................. 18
Table 11: Waste Water Generation ....................................................................... 19
Table 12: Noise levels in study area ...................................................................... 19
Table 13: Land use/cover Classes Area Statistics for study area of EPS# M1 & M1A1 ... 20
Table 14: Solid Waste Generation ......................................................................... 21
Table 15: Hazardous Waste ................................................................................. 21
Table 16: Product Profile ..................................................................................... 23
Table 17: Salient Features of Site ......................................................................... 29
Table 18: Land area break up .............................................................................. 30
Table 19: Green belt development plan ................................................................. 30
Table 20: TOR Compliance .................................................................................. 32
Table 22: Detail of fuel consumption ..................................................................... 41
Table 23: Water Consumption .............................................................................. 45
Table 24: Waste Water Generation ....................................................................... 45
Table 25: Electricity ........................................................................................... 46
Table 26: DG Sets .............................................................................................. 46
Table 27: Stack Details ....................................................................................... 46
Table 28: Solid Waste Generation ......................................................................... 46
Table 29: Hazardous Waste ................................................................................. 47
Table 30: Meteorology Data ................................................................................. 48
Table 31: Analysis methods ................................................................................. 51
Table 32: Air Monitoring Locations ........................................................................ 53
Table 33: Concentration of Various Pollutants ........................................................ 54
Table 34: Analysis method for water parameters .................................................... 57
Table 35: Water Monitoring Locations ................................................................... 59
Table 36: Ground Water Quality ........................................................................... 60
Table 37: Surface Water Quality ........................................................................... 62
Table 38: Use based classification of surface water in India ...................................... 63
Table 40: Soil monitoring location and Soil Quality .................................................. 66
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 6
Table 41: Noise Monitoring Location ..................................................................... 67
Table 42: Noise quality in study area .................................................................... 67
Table 43: Details of Satellite Data ........................................................................ 68
Table 44: Land use/cover Classes Area Statistics within 10 km Radius of Project Site .. 68
Table 45: Distance of Salt affected area ................................................................ 69
Table 46: Near Threatened Birds of Study Area ...................................................... 73
Table 47: Species provided Protection as per Wild Life Protection Act 1972 ................. 75
Table 48: Demographic structure of the project area ............................................... 76
Table 49: Economic Structure of Village Economy ................................................... 76
Table 50: Stack Details ....................................................................................... 79
Table 51: Resultant Concentration due to incremental increase for DG set stack ......... 80
Table 52: Impact Identification and mitigation measures ......................................... 86
Table 53: Species for Green Belt Development ....................................................... 96
Table 54: Expected Recharge Rate ....................................................................... 99
Table 55: Estimation on Availability of Yearly Runoff (M 1 Site) ................................ 99
Table 56: Estimation on Availability of Yearly Runoff (M1 A 1 Site) .......................... 100
Table 57: Hazardous waste generation ................................................................ 101
Table 58: Estimated cost of implementation of EMP for each site ............................ 105
Table 59: Monitoring schedule ........................................................................... 107
Table 60: Employment generation at each site ..................................................... 109
List of figures
Figure 1: Process flow diagram ............................................................................ 13
Figure 2: Site map showing the block CB-ONN-2002/3 ............................................ 25
Figure 3: Site map showing the sites considered for proposed EPS facility (EPS#M1 &
M1A1) .............................................................................................................. 26
Figure 4: Site Map for 10 Km radius from project site (M1 and M1A1) ....................... 27
Figure 5: Satellite Map of Project Site with distance between two sites (M-1 and M 1 A-1)
....................................................................................................................... 28
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 7
Figure 6: Diagram of Sucker Rod Pump ................................................................. 42
Figure 7: Flow Diagram of Production System ........................................................ 43
Figure 8: Wind Rose Diagram .............................................................................. 49
Figure 9: Wind Class & Stability Class Frequency Distribution ................................... 50
Figure 10: Air Monitoring Locations on site map of study area .................................. 52
Figure 11: Hydrograph of Village: Chaloda, Taluka: Dholka, District: Ahmedabad ........ 56
Figure 12: Land use/ Land cover – M 1 & M1 A 1 for 10 Km radius from project site .... 70
Figure 13: Google Map showing the area where near threatened birds were spotted
during field study ............................................................................................... 74
Figure 14: Isopleths for PM ................................................................................. 81
Figure 15: Isopleths for SOx ................................................................................ 82
Figure 16: Isopleths for NOx ................................................................................ 83
Figure 17: Typical layout diagram of wastewater storage pit .................................. 101
Figure 18: Design of storage room ..................................................................... 102
Figure 19: Organization Chart with Environment Management Cell at corporate level of
GSPC Limited .................................................................................................. 103
Figure 20: Organization chart at project site ........................................................ 104
List of annexure
Annexure 1: Layout Map
Annexure 2: Photograph of EPS facility
Annexure 3: Photograph of baseline study & Public hearing
Annexure 4: Geohydrology report
Annexure 5: Bio ecology report
Annexure 6: Land use report
Annexure 7: Socio economic Report
Annexure 8: Risk assessment and Disaster Management plan
Annexure 9: Applicable Legislation
Annexure 10: Ambient Air Quality Report
Annexure 11: Ground and Surface Water Quality Report
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 8
Annexure 12: EC Compliance Report
Annexure 13: HSE Policy
Annexure 14: Minutes of Meeting of Public Hearing
Annexure 15: NABET Accreditation
Annexure 16: TOR Copy
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 9
ABBREVIATIONS
AAQ : Ambient Air Quality
AAQMS : Ambient Air Quality Management System
APHA : American Public Health Association
AWWA : American Water Works Association
BOD : Biological Oxygen Demand
BTX : Benzene Toulene Xylene
CETP : Central Effluent Treatment Plant
CGWA : Central Ground Water Authority
COD : Chemical Oxygen Demand
CPCB : Central Pollution Control Board
CREP : Corporate Responsibility for Environment Protection
CSR : Corporate Social Responsibility
DG set : Diesel Generator set
DGMS : Directorate General of Mines Safety
EIA : Environment Impact Assessment
EMP : Environment Management Plan
EPS : Early Production System/ Surface Production Facility
ETP : Effluent Treatment Plant
GLC : Ground Level Concentration
GSPC : Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited
GWRDC : Gujarat Water Resources Development Corporation
HC : Hydrocarbon
HSD : High Speed Diesel
IOCL : Indian Oil Corporation Limited
IS : Indian Standards
ISC-ST : Industrial Source Complex – Short Term 3
LFT : Liver Function Test
MOC : Material Of Construction
MoEF : Ministry of Environment Forest
MPN : Most Probable Number
MSIHC : Manufacture, Storage, Import of Hazardous Chemical
Rules
NAAQS : National Ambient Air Quality Standards
NABET : National Accreditation Board for Education and Training
NABL : National Accreditation Board for Testing and Calibration
Laboratories
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 10
NEERI : National Environmental Engineering & Research
Institute
NH : National Highway
NOx : Nitrogen Oxide
NRRP : National Resettlement and Rehabilitation Policy
OISD : Oil Industry Safety Directorate
ONGC-CTF : Oil and Natural Gas Corporation
PCC : Plain Cement Concrete
PM : Particulate Matter
RO : Regional Office
SOx : Sulphur Dioxide
TDS : Total Dissolved Solids
TLV : Threshold Limiting Value
TOR : Terms of Reference
TSDF : Treatment, Storage, Disposal Facility
TSS : Total Suspended Solids
UGVCL : Uttar Gujarat Vij Company Limited
VOC : Volatile Organic Carbon
WPCF : Water Pollution Control Federation
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 11
Chapter 1 Executive Summary
1 EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
Project Details
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited (GSPC) had been established in year 1979
as a Government of Gujarat undertaking and is involved in exploration and production of
Oil and Gas.
The Drilling of these wells in the block was carried out in year 2008. Oil was discovered
in these wells. All the requisite facilities shall be put up in place at site as per rules and
regulations of DGMS and the production shall be commenced once the approval from
concerned authority is received. Up gradation of facility may be required in future if
there are changes in well fluid characteristics and addition of new development wells.
Now, GSPC proposes to start the production of oil and gas at the said locations by
establishing EPS. Location of the EPS is shown in Table 1.
Table 1: Location of EPS
EPS Survey nos. Village Taluka District
M 1 832, 833, 835, 836,
838
Ambaliyara Dholka Ahmedabad
M 1 A 1 827, 828
The production profile at respective wells is as mentioned in Table 2
Table 2: Product Profile
Proposed wells
Products
M-1 M 1 A-1
Crude oil 2-4 m3/day 2-4 m3/day
Associate Gas 100-150 m3/day 120-200 m3/day
The location of the wells is approximately 0.40 Km away from each other. Hence single
report is prepared for both the wells considering study area of 5 Km radius from both the
wells respectively.
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 12
1.1 SALIENT FEATURES OF SITE
The salient features of site are as noted in Table 3
Table 3: Salient features of site
EPS well M 1 M 1 A1
Latitude of project site
Longitude of project site
22°45’38.30”N
72º30’35.20” E
22°45’27.78”N
72º30’44.34” E
Nearest road connectivity NH 8 : ∼ 8 Km and NH 8A:~13 km
Nearest rail connectivity Ahmedabad station
Approx 30 Km
Ahmedabad station
Approx 31 Km
Nearest habitation Approx 1.30 Km Approx 1.68 Km
Nearest Lake/ pond/ reservoir/ canal Lake: approx 0.70 Km Lake: approx 0.74
Km
Nearest city Ahmedabad Ahmedabad
Source of water Tanker water/ Ground
water
Tanker water/
Ground water
Source of electricity State Electricity Board
Any Protected areas notified under Wild
Life (Protection) Act, 1972, Notified Eco
sensitive area, Interstate boundary in 5
Km radius
None within 5 Km radius
Critically polluted area None within 10 Km radius
1.2 NEED OF PROJECT
The proposed project is aimed at increasing the production in order to fill the gap
between national crude oil demand and supply. Also it will help in meeting the energy
requirements of the nation and generate employment opportunities.
1.3 COST OF PROJECT
Capital expenditures for development of Surface Production Facility at one location is
estimated around ~1.3 crores.
1.4 LAND AREA BREAK UP
The total land area acquired for M1 is 19418.3 sq m, and for M1A1 is 22585 sq m.
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 13
1.5 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT
Green belt development shall be done in phase wise manner wherein initially 10 % green
belt shall be developed and in later stage of project the same shall be expanded.
Table 4: Green belt development plan
EPS Phase 1 Phase 2 Phase 3
M 1 1941.83 sq m 1941.83 sq m 2524.73 sq m
M 1 A 1 2258.5 sq m 2258.5 sq m 2936.05 sq m
1.6 PROCESS DETAILS
Figure 1: Process flow diagram
Well Head
EPS Header
Two Phase separator
Associated Natural Gas
Liquid crude oil & Water
Flaring Used in Bath Heater
Storage Tank
Loading point
Effluent water drain pit
Transported to
IOCL/ ONGC
Crude oil Water
Crude oil
Crude oil
Natural Hydrocarbon
Natural Hydrocarbon
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 14
1.7 FUEL CONSUMPTION DETAILS
Fuel used will be mainly in form of diesel for operation of stand by DG sets. The details
of diesel consumption are as mentioned in Table 5
Table 5: Fuel consumption details
EPS Fuel used Quantity
M 1 Diesel 4 liter/hour
M 1 A1 Diesel 4 liter/hour
1.8 ENVIRONMENTAL PARAMETERS
Existing environmental parameters were studied for one month i.e. 15th May 2013 to 15th
June 2013.
1.8.1 Air Environment
The existing air quality was measured at 6 locations within 5 Km radius of the project
sites. (i.e. 5 km surrounding well site M-1, M-1A1).The prominent wind direction at the
site was observed as West to East during the study period.
1.8.1.1 Air Environment at EPS#M 1 A 1 and M 1
Two locations were selected in downwind direction where as two location were selected
in the up wind direction from the site. The detail of the monitoring location with average
concentration of each pollutant at these locations is given in table below
Table 6: Average values for air pollutants in study area of EPS#M 1 & M 1A1
Sampling
Station
Code Direction w. r. t
project site
PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOx VOC as
BTX
HC
M 1 A1 M 1
Unit µg/m3 ppm
Ambaliyara AQ 1 NW NW 86 45 6.94 9.97 ND ND
Ambaliyara -
Dariyapura
AQ 2 E NEE 89 49 6.79 10.57 ND ND
Rajpur AQ 3 SWW W 84 23 8.41 11.95 ND ND
Sathal AQ 4 S S 94 34 9.28 13.21 ND ND
Kaloli AQ 5 SE SE 92 31 6.31 9.84 ND ND
Chitrasad AQ 6 NEE NEE 83 34 5.66 8.26 ND ND
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 15
1.8.1.2 Impact study
There will be an increase in SPM level along with Sox (from vehicle exhausts) due to
transportation of construction material at the sites. During the construction activity the
major impact on the air environment will be due to increase in the fugitive emissions.
During operation phase the major air pollution creating source will be the stack attached
to the DG set and separator (flare stack). The details of the stacks are as given in the
Table 7.
Table 7: Stack Details
Site
Particulars
M 1 M 1 A 1
Stack attached to DG Set DG Set
Capacity of DG set 63.5 KVA 63.5 KVA
Stack height 5 m 5 m
Stack Diameter 0.101 m 0.101 m
Exit Gas Velocity 9.95 m/s 9.95 m/s
Exit Gas temperature 181 °C 181 °C
Emission in g/s PM: 0.0121 g/s
SOx: 0.02 g/s
NOx: 0.091 g/s
PM: 0.0121 g/s
SOx: 0.02 g/s
NOx: 0.091 g/s
Flaring (Technical Flaring) will be temporary activity wherein the gas produced will be
burnt. Hydrocarbon in major portion with traces of NOx will be burnt
Air quality modelling was done in order to evaluate PM, SOx and NOx incremental
concentrations due to proposed project. These results are based on considering the main
stacks. The above data were used as input data for the modelling purpose.
The incremental increase in the concentration of pollutants is given in the Table 8 with
superimposing the same on the existing baseline data
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 16
Table 8: Resultant Concentration due to incremental increase for DG set stack for EPS#M1 & M1 A1
Pollutant Incremental
Concentration
μg/m3
Baseline
Concentration
μg/m3 *
Resultant
Concentration
μg/m3
Direction
w.r.t.
stack
location
Distance
w.r.t.
stack
location
PM 0.277 89 89.277 East 0.5 km
SO2 0.459 6.79 7.249 East 0.5 km
NOx 2.089 10.57 12.659 East 0.5 km
The resultant concentration was observed below the National Ambient air quality
standards published by CPCB
1.8.1.3 Mitigation measures
Point source emission
Stack height shall be based as per the statutory requirement of CPCB. The stack height
for DG sets are based on the below formula:-
H = h + 0.2 √KVA
Where H = height of stack; h = height of building/ Base of installation
Stack height for oil and gas separators were decided based on the OMR (1984
guidelines)
Installation of proper stack height will lead to proper dispersion of pollutants
VOC emissions
VOC emitted during the production will be burnt in flaring with associated gases. In order
to limit the emission of VOC, the handling operation shall be carried out in closed
system.
Fugitive emissions
Adequate green belt shall be developed within and outside the premises to abate air and
noise pollution.
1.8.2 Water Environment
1.8.2.1 Baseline Study for EPS#M1 and M1 A1
The existing water environment in the study area is rich in both ground and surface
water. Total 6 nos. of ground water samples and 5 nos. of surface water samples were
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 17
collected to study the baseline water condition in and around the vicinity of the project
site.
Major parameters at the monitoring site are given in Table 9.
Table 9: Water monitoring location and major parameters for study are of
EPS#M1 & M1 A1
Village Ground water Source Parameters monitored
Project Site
M1A1
Bore well Electrical Conductivity, pH, Nitrite (NO2),
Nitrate (NO3), Phosphate, Potassium,
Calcium, Magnesium, Carbonate,
Bicarbonate, Chlorides, Sulphate, COD,
Silica (SiO2), Fluoride, Boron, TDS
Project Site M 1 Bore well
Ambaliyara Bore well
Ambaliyara -
Dariyapura
Bore well
Rajpur Bore well
Sathal Bore well
Village Surface water Source
Ambaliyara Pond Electrical Conductivity, pH, DO, TDS,
Nitrite (NO2), Nitrate (NO3), Phosphate,
Potassium, Calcium, Magnesium, Sodium,
Carbonate, Bicarbonate, Chloride,
Sulphate, TON, Sodium Adsorption ratio,
Boron, Total coliforms, COD, BOD5days
Dariyapura River
Rajpur Pond
Naika Pond
Sathal Pond
Ground water
Water Quality of bore well at Dariyapura exceeded the permissible limits for TDS
calcium, hardness, alkalinity, chloride and sulphate. Fluoride was found within the
desirable limits at all the studied locations. TDS level was higher than the desirable limit
at all the sampling locations. The water quality at all the location was found to be saline
in nature. None of the studied well locations for ground water were fit for drinking
purpose.
The main source of drinking water for sampling locations is Narmada canal supply. Water
from bore well was mainly used for the purpose other than drinking.
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 18
Surface water
The surface water at Ambaliyara falls under Class B category of water as per CPCB
standards. The water was used mainly for cattle washing and drinking purpose.
Surface water of others locations were used for washing of clothes and cattles. No other
activities were carried out at these locations.
1.8.2.2 Source of water
Water will be sourced from Ground water or through water tankers. As per the CGWA
notification, 2009; permission for withdrawal of water is not envisage.
1.8.2.3 Water Consumption
The total water consumption for the proposed project is as per Table 10
Table 10: Water Consumption
M 1 M 1 A 1
Domestic 0.405 KL/day 0.405 KL/day
Industrial (for bath heater) 0.3 KL/day 0.3 KL/day
Fire water make up 2 KL/day 2 KL/day
Total 2.705 KL/day 2.705 KL/day
No water shall be required for any process activities in the proposed project. Apart from
domestic usage, water will be required as fire water make up. Total 2 KL water shall be
required as fire water.
1.8.2.4 Waste Water generation
Waste water generation will be from domestic usage only. Apart from this, there will be
waste water generation in form of produced water during extraction of oil and gas in the
later stage. As with aging of field, reservoir water starts moving into well bore and will
be produced along with crude oil. This is mainly due to increase of water saturation in
Hydrocarbon pore volume. The same shall be separated in the oil and gas separator and
due to density difference, it will be drained out. The same shall be collected in the drain
pit.
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 19
Table 11: Waste Water Generation
M1 M 1 A1
Produced Water 2 KL/day 3 KL/day
Domestic 0.05 KL/day 0.05 KL/day
Total 2.05 KL/day 3.05 KL/day
Environment Management Plan – Water
Ground water recharging will be done by implementation of rain water harvesting
Waste Water generated will mainly be in form of produced water. The same shall be
collected in the waste water pit, It shall be further analyzed by MoEF recognized
laboratories and later sent to authorized CETP for final disposal. Domestic waste water
shall be sent to septic tank/ soak pit
1.8.3 Noise Environment
1.8.3.1 Baseline data
The noise level varies depending on the type of activities carried out in the surrounding
area. The baseline noise environment was studied at the project sites as well as the
surrounding villages and the data are as mentioned in Table 12
Table 12: Noise levels in study area
Area
code
Equivalent Noise Level L(eq) in dB(A) CPCB Limits
Day Times Night Time Day time Night time
NQ 1 40.5 37.6 55 45
NQ 2 48.3 40.3 55 45
NQ 3 46.5 39.3 55 45
NQ 4 50.2 43.2 55 45
NQ 5 42.9 38.9 55 45
NQ 6 39.9 36.4 55 45
1.8.3.2 Impact study
During the construction phase the minor noise generation will be from the mechanical
equipment installed at site for the construction work and due to vehicular movement.
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 20
During operation phase (during oil production activity) there will be practically no noise
generation. Minor noise generation will occur due to transportation activity at site and
during occasional operation of DG sets.
1.8.3.3 Mitigation measures
DG sets shall be placed in enclosed area equipped with silencers.
Green belt shall be developed to attenuate noise and the extent of green belt shall be as
per CPCB guidelines.
Regular noise monitoring on weekly basis will be carried out at the noise generating
sources and at entry - exit gates of the plant.
GSPC PPE Policy shall be implemented
1.8.4 Land Environment
The land use of the study area surrounding 5 Km from the proposed project sites are
given in Table 13
Table 13: Land use/cover Classes Area Statistics for study area of EPS# M1 & M1A1
Class Area (Ha.) Area (sq. km.) Area (%)
Agriculture 24672.18 246.72 78.57
Scrub 1415.91 14.16 4.51
Open Vegetation 1871.34 18.71 5.96
Close Vegetation 22.00 0.22 0.07
Habitation 1058.59 10.59 3.37
Industrial Area 620.00 6.20 1.97
Water Body 342.38 3.42 1.09
River 431.00 4.30 1.37
Salt Affected Land 15.29 0.15 0.05
Barren Land 87.67 0.88 0.28
Sandy Area 237.50 2.37 0.76
Aquatic Vegetation 65.05 0.65 0.21
Plantation 561.88 5.62 1.79
Total 31400.79 313.99 100 %
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 21
1.8.5 Solid Waste Generation
The solid waste generated from the proposed project will be only in form of domestic
municipal waste.
Table 14: Solid Waste Generation
M 1 M 1 A1
Domestic waste 2 kg/day 2 kg/day
The waste generated will be disposed through local door to door collection facility from
municipality
1.8.6 Hazardous Waste Generation
Hazardous waste generated from both the site is as given in Table 15
Table 15: Hazardous Waste
M 1 M 1 A1
Used oil 15 liters/year 15 liters/year
Oily Cotton Waste 10 kg/month 10 kg/month
Oily sludge 4 scm/year 4 scm/year
Used oil due to negligible quantity shall be used for internal purpose for greasing
whereas oily cotton waste will be send to approved TSDF site. Oily sludge generated will
be send to registered recyclers.
1.8.7 Socio economic environment
There shall be positive impact on the socio economic environment of the area. Increase
in direct/ indirect job opportunity shall take place. Services in the locality shall be used
and accordingly growth in economic structure of the area will take place.
1.8.8 Risk assessment
Detail consequence analysis was done considering different scenarios. The following
likely maximum credible scenarios (Primary) were considered for hazard analysis.
• Catastrophic failure of crude oil storage tank
• Catastrophic failure / leakage of separator leads to free spread pool fire.
• Full bore failure of pipe from well to separator lead to pool / jet fire.
• Entire inventory leaked out from road tanker / leakage in road tanker lead to free
spread pool fire
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 22
From the results it can be observed that damage distances from all scenarios except
Road Tanker Inventory leaked out (pool fire) will be restricted to the boundary of plant
premise. The effect of damage will be minimal outside the plant premises. The effect of
radiation outside premises will be 1.6 KV/m2 and in some case 4 KW/m2 which will have
negligible impact on human beings.
1.9 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
A full fledged environment management cell shall be developed at the proposed site with
necessary infrastructure.
1.10 ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PLAN POST EC
The main attributes for which monitoring shall be carried out are as below:
1. Ambient air Quality
2. Stack Emission
3. Wastewater Quality
4. Noise Level
5. Hazardous Waste
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 23
Chapter 2 Introduction
2 INTRODUCTION
2.1 PROJECT PROPONENT
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited (GSPC) has been established in year 1979
as a Government of Gujarat undertaking and is involved in exploration and production of
Oil and Gas.
GSPC has grown from being an operator of small fields in Gujarat into an expansive oil
and gas exploration and production company across India. Its rise in the hydrocarbon
sector was helped by the Central Government’s opening of the sector to private
participation in the early 1990s. GSPC constructed India’s first and only Land Based
Drilling Platform in the Hazira gas field in 1998, through which gas is being supplied to
various industries across Gujarat.
In the last few years GSPC has played a pioneering role in the development of the
Nation’s hydrocarbon resources, most notably, with its discoveries in the Krishna-
Godavari Basin (Offshore).
2.2 PRODUCT PROFILE
GSPC Limited now proposes to establish two EPS at Village: Ambaliyara, Taluka: Dholka,
District Ahmedabad
Table 16: Product Profile
Proposed wells
Products
M-1 M 1 A-1
Crude oil 2-4 m3/day 2-4 m3/day
Associate Gas 100-150 m3/day 120-200 m3/day
2.3 PROJECT BACKGROUND
The proposed wells i.e. EPS#M1 and M1A1 fall under the drilling block CB-ONN-2002/3
under NELP IV Sanand Miroli Block in Cambay Basin (Figure 2). Company has obtained
Environment Clearance for the drilling activity from MoEF vide letter no. F. No. J-
11011/1046/2007-IA-II (I) dated 07th February 2008. Accordingly GSPC Limited had
executed the drilling of 17 wells in block CB-ONN-2002/3 and based on the discovery of
oil, GSPC has decided to start production activity at the proposed well locations i.e. M-1
and M 1 A-1 (Figure 3) by establishing EPS. Other wells, apart from M-1 and M-1 A-1
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 24
were restored and handed over to farmers. Depth of drilling for M-1 was 2479 meters
and that of M-1 A-1 was 2527 meters.
The Drilling of these wells in the block CB-ONN-2002/3 (Figure 2) was carried out in year
2008. Oil was discovered in these wells. All the requisite facilities shall be put up in place
at site as per rules and regulations of DGMS-OMR 1984 and the production shall be
commenced once the approval from concerned authority is received.
These wells are located at a distance of approximately 0.40 Km from each other. Hence
single report is prepared for both the wells considering study area of 5 Km radius from
both the wells respectively. The location of both the wells on satellite image is as shown
in the Figure 5. The site feature of the surrounding area of 10 Km radius from the
project site is as shown in Figure 4.
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 25
Figure 2: Site map showing the block CB-ONN-2002/3
Please register P
DF
Splitter and M
erger
DE
MO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 26
Figure 3: Site map showing the sites considered for proposed EPS facility (EPS#M1 & M1A1)
Please register P
DF
Splitter and M
erger
DE
MO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 27
Figure 4: Site Map for 10 Km radius from project site (M1 and M1A1)
Please register P
DF
Splitter and M
erger
DE
MO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 28
Figure 5: Satellite Map of Project Site with distance between two sites (M-1 and M 1 A-1)
Please register P
DF
Splitter and M
erger
DE
MO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 29
2.4 SALIENT FEATURES OF SITE
The salient features of site are as noted in Table 17
Table 17: Salient Features of Site
EPS well M 1 M 1 A1
Survey no. 832, 833, 835, 836 and 838
827, 828
Village
Taluka
District
State
Ambaliyara
Dholka
Ahmedabad
Gujarat
Type of land Land is taken on lease
Total land acquired 19418.3 sq.m 22585 sq.m
Latitude of project site
Longitude of project site
22°45’38.30”N
72º30’35.20” E
22°45’27.78”N
72º30’44.34” E
Nearest road connectivity NH 8 : ∼ 8 Km and NH 8A:~13 km
Nearest rail connectivity Ahmedabad station
Approx 30 Km
Ahmedabad station
Approx 31 Km
Nearest habitation Ambaliyara village
Approx 1.30 Km
Ambaliyara village
Approx 1.68 Km
Nearest Lake/ pond/ reservoir/ canal Lake: approx 0.70 Km Lake: approx 0.74 Km
Nearest city Ahmedabad Ahmedabad
Source of water Tanker water/ Ground
water
Tanker water/ Ground
water
Source of electricity State Electricity Board
Any Protected areas notified under Wild
Life (Protection) Act, 1972, Notified Eco
sensitive area, Interstate boundary in 5
Km radius
None within 10 Km radius
Critically polluted area None within 10 Km radius
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 30
The salient features of site with respect to environmental aspects are determined by
the following major considerations.
• There is no protected area notified under The Wildlife Protection Act-1972; and
no notified eco-sensitive area within 10-km radius.
• Approach road from site to village road is available
• Nearest village is Ambaliyara located at distance of 1.30 Km
2.5 NEED OF THE PROJECT
The proposed project is aimed at increasing the production towards filling the gap
between national crude oil demand and supply. Also it will help in meeting the energy
requirements of the nation and generate employment opportunities.
2.6 COST OF PROJECT
Capital expenditure for development of Surface Production Facility for each location is
estimated around ~1.3 Crores.
2.7 LAND AREA BREAK UP
The detailed land area break up for the proposed project site is as mentioned below:
Table 18: Land area break up
Purpose Land area for M 1 Land area for M 1 A1
Built up area 678 sq m 550 sq m
Open area 12331.91 sq m 14581.95 sq m
Green belt area 6408.39 sq m 7453.05 sq m
Total area 19418.3 sq m 22585 sq m
Green belt development shall be done in a phased manner wherein initially 10 % green
belt shall be developed and later on 2nd and 3rd phase shall be developed within four
years of project commissioning period..
Table 19: Green belt development plan
EPS Phase 1 Phase 2 Phase 3
M 1 1941.83 sq m 1941.83 sq m 2524.73 sq m
M 1 A 1 2258.5 sq m 2258.5 sq m 2936.05 sq m
The lay out map of both the site is attached as Annexure 1.
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 31
2.8 PURPOSE OF STUDY
The proposed project is considered as category ‘A’ project in Sr. no. 1 (b) i.e. Offshore
and onshore oil and gas exploration, development & production, in the Government of
India Notification no. 1533 dated 14th September, 2006 and amendment thereof; which
requires prior Environmental Clearance before starting construction, production or any
other allied activities related to the project. For obtaining the Environmental Clearance;
it is required to carry out the Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) study and prepare
EIA report as per the Terms of Reference issued by MoEF.
For the preparation of EIA study report, GSPC Limited retained M/s Detox Corporation
Private Limited. The accreditation letter of M/s Detox Corporation Private Limited is
attached as Annexure 15.
2.9 APPLICABLE LEGISLATION
The lists of applicable laws for the proposed EPS facilities are as follows:
• Environment Protection Act, 1986 and amendment thereof
• EIA Notification, 2006 and amendments thereof
• The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 and amendment
thereof
• The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 and amendment thereof
• Hazardous Waste (Management, Handling and Transboundary movement) Rules,
2008 and amendment thereof
• The Noise (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000
• Petroleum Act, 1934
• Oil Mines Regulation, 1984
The details description of applicable legislations are attached as Annexure 9
2.10 DEFINITION OF EIA
Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) is a formal process used to predict how
industrial development or construction project will affect natural resources such as
water, air, land, socioeconomic and bio ecological environment.
An EIA usually involves a sequence of steps:
• Screening
• Scoping
• Public consultation
• Appraisal
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 32
2.10.1 Methodology
Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) studies include identification, assessment,
quantitative evaluation and prediction of probable impacts. To minimize the impact of
the project on various environmental attributes, mitigation measures are suggested for
implementation along with the project.
The methodology of this study can be schematized as detailed below:
• To gather information on present environmental conditions and relevant national
environmental guidelines and EIA procedures.
• Scoping
• Assessment of significant impacts.
• Description of residual impacts.
• Description of mitigating, all significant/ residual impacts
• Development of monitoring plans.
To inform all relevant and involved authorities through public hearing, regarding the
impact of the project on the environment and the proposed mitigation measures
2.10.2 Scope of Study
This report represents the environmental impact assessment and management plan of
the proposed project at Village: Ambaliyara, Taluka: Dholka, Dist.: Ahmedabad, State:
Gujarat.
As per the requirements stated in the Environmental Impact Assessment Notification
2006 and its subsequent amendments, Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) study
has been undertaken to assess the environmental impacts of the proposed project and to
develop a site specific environmental management plan and risk mitigation measures.
Subsequently, baseline environmental studies have been conducted during the summer
season (15th May 2013 to 15th June 2013) as per the TOR issued by MoEF.
The EIA report has been prepared as per the TOR issued by MoEF vide letter no. F. No.
J-11011/405/2012-IA II (I) dated 25th April 2013. The copy of terms of reference is
attached as Annexure 16. The detailed terms of reference and corresponding
compliances are mentioned below:
Table 20: TOR Compliance
Sr. No. TOR points Compliance
1. Executive Summary of the project Refer Chapter 1, page no. 11
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 33
2. Photographs of the EPS facilities area Refer Annexure 2
3. A separate chapter on status of compliance
of environmental conditions granted by
state/ centre to be provided. As per circular
dated 30th May 2012 issued by MoEF, a
certified report by RO, MoEF on status of
compliance of conditions on existing unit to
be provided in EIA/ EMP report
Compliance on previous Environment
Clearance attached Refer Annexure
12.
Regional Office – MoEF Bhopal has
visited site inline to the certification of
compliance of existing Environment
Clearance on 29th Jan 2014. Certified
report shall be directly submitted to
MoEF.
4. Justification of the project Refer Chapter 2, Section 2.5, Page
no. 30
5. Promoters and their back ground Refer Chapter 2, Section 2.1, Page
no. 23
6. Regulatory framework Refer Chapter 2, Section 2.9, Page
no. 31 and Annexure 9
7. A map indicating location of the project and
distance from severely critically polluted
area
Refer Chapter 2, Figure 4, Page no.
27 and Section 2.4, Page no. 29
8. Project location and plant layout Refer Chapter 2, Figure 4, Page 27 for
project location and Annexure 1 for
plant layout
9. Current status of construction activities Refer Chapter 2, Section 2.3, Page 23
10. Infrastructure facilities including power
sources
Refer Chapter 3, Section 3.3, Page
no. 41 to 45 and Section 3.5, Page
no. 46
11. Total cost of the project along with total
capital cost and recurring cost/ annum for
environmental pollution control measures
Refer Chapter 2, Section 2.6, Page
no. 30 for cost of project and Chapter
6, Section 6.4, Page no. 105 for cost
on EMP
12. Project site location along with site map of
10 km area and site details providing various
industries, surface water bodies, forests etc
Refer Chapter 2, Figure 4, Page no.
27 and Chapter 4, Figure 12, Page no.
70
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 34
13. Present land use based on satellite imagery
for the study area of 10 km radius
Refer Chapter 4, Section 4.6, Page
no. 68 for land use study and Figure
12, Page no. 70
14. Location of national park/ wild life
sanctuary/ reserve forest within 10 km
radius of the project
Refer Chapter 2, Section 2.4, Page
no. 29
15. Details of the total land area breakup of the
land use for green belt and other uses
Refer Chapter 2, Section 2.7, Page
no. 30
16. List of products along with the production
capacities
Refer Chapter 3, Section 3.1, Page
no. 41
17. Detailed list of raw material required and
source, mode of storage and transportation
Refer Chapter 3, Section 3.2, Page
no. 41
18. Manufacturing process details along with the
chemical reactions and process flow chart
Refer Chapter 3, Section 3.3, Page
no. 41
19. Site specific micro meteorological data using
temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind
speed and direction and rainfall is necessary
Refer Chapter 4, Section 4.1, Page
no. 48
20. Ambient air quality monitoring at 6 locations
within the study area of 5 km aerial
coverage from the project site as per NAAQS
notified on 16th September 2009. Location of
one AAQMS in downwind direction
Refer Chapter 4, Section 4.2.3, Page
no. 51
21. One season site specific micro
meteorological data using temperature,
relative humidity, hourly wind speed and
direction and rainfall and AAQ data (for one
month except monsoon) for PM10, SO2, NOx
including HC and VOCs should be collected.
The monitoring stations should take into
account the pre dominant wind direction,
population zone and sensitive receptors
including reserved forests.
Data for water and noise monitoring should
also be included
Refer Chapter 4, Section 4.2, Page
no. 50 to 54
Refer Chapter 4, Section 4.3, Page
no. 55 for water monitoring and
Section 4.5, Page no. 67 for noise
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 35
environment
22. Air pollution control measures proposed for
the effective control of gaseous emissions
within permissible limits
Refer Chapter 6, Section 6.2.1.2,
Page no. 95
23. Design details of ETP, incinerator, if any
along with boiler, scrubbers/ bag filters etc
Waste water drain will be constructed
at site and the details of same is
discussed in Chapter 6, Section 6.2.4,
page no. 100
24. Details of water and air pollution and its
mitigation plan
Refer Chapter 5, Section 5.1 and 5.2,
Page no. 78 & 84
25. An action plan to control and monitor
secondary fugitive emissions from all the
sources
Refer Chapter 6, Section 6.2.1, Page
no. 93
26. Determination of atmospheric inversion level
at the project site and assessment of ground
level concentration of pollutants from the
stack emission based on site specific
meteorological features. Air quality modeling
for proposed plant
Refer Chapter 5, Section 5.1, Page
no. 78
27. Permission for drawl of water from
concerned authority. Water balance chart
including quantity of effluent generated
recycled and reused and discharged
Refer Chapter 3, Section 3.4, Page
no. 45
28. Action plan for ‘zero’ discharge of effluent
should be included. Treatment and disposal
of produced water
Refer Chapter 5, Section 5.2, Page
no. 84 and Chapter 6, section 6.2.4,
Page no. 100
29. Ground water quality monitoring minimum
at 6 locations should be carried out.
Geological features and geo hydrological
status of the study area and ecological
status (Terrestrial and Aquatic)
Refer Chapter 4, Table 35, Page no.
59 for ground water monitoring
locations.
Refer Annexure 4 and Annexure 5
30. The details of solid and hazardous wastes
generation, storage, utilization and disposal
particularly related to the hazardous waste
Refer Chapter 3, Section 3.7 & 3.8,
Page no. 46 & 47 for solid and
hazardous waste generation quantity
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 36
calorific value of hazardous waste and
detailed characteristic of the hazardous
waste
Refer Chapter 6, Section 6.2.5 &
6.2.6, Page no. 101 for disposal plan
31. List of hazardous chemicals (as per MSIHC
rule) with toxicity levels
Demulsifier & HSD shall be used,
which shall be stored in less quantity
as per the requirement at site. The
quantity shall be less than the
prescribed threshold quantity of
MSIHC
32. Authorization/ membership for the disposal
of liquid effluent in CETP and solid/
hazardous waste in TSDF
If required, will be obtained during
operation phase
33. An action plan to develop green belt in 33 %
area
Refer Chapter 2, Table 19, Page no.
30 for phase wise development of
green belt
Refer Chapter 6, Table 53, page no.
96
34. Action plan for rain water harvesting
measures at plant site should be included to
harvest rainwater from the roof tops and
storm water drains to recharge the ground
water
Refer Chapter 6, Section 6.2.3, Page
no. 99
35. Details of occupational health programme
• To which chemicals, workers are
exposed directly or indirectly
• Whether these chemicals are within
Threshold Limit Values (TLV)/
Permissible Exposure Levels as per
ACGIH recommendation
• What measures company have taken to
keep these chemicals within PEL/ TLV
• How the workers are evaluated
concerning their exposure to chemicals
during pre placement and periodical
Refer Annexure 8 for detail risk
assessment report
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 37
medical monitoring
• What are onsite and offsite emergency
plan during chemical disaster
Liver function tests (LFT) during pre
placement and periodical examination
36. Details of occupational health surveillance
programme
Refer Annexure 8 for detail risk
assessment report
37. Socio economic development activities
should be in place
Refer Chapter 8, Page no. 108
38. Note on compliance to the recommendations
mentioned in the CREP guidelines
Not applicable for oil & gas
exploration projects
39. Detailed environment management plan
(EMP) with specific reference to details of air
pollution control system, water and waste
water management, monitoring frequency,
responsibility and time bound
implementation plan for mitigation measure
should be provided
Refer Chapter 6, Page no. 93
40. Corporate Environmental Responsibility
(a) Does the company have a well laid down
environment policy approved by its Board of
directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA
report
(b) Does the Environmental Policy prescribe
for standard operation process/ procedures
to bring into focus any infringement/
deviation/ violation of the environmental or
forest norms/ conditions? If so, it may be
detailed in the EIA report
(c) What is the hierarchical system or
administrative order of the company to deal
with the environment issues and for
ensuring compliance with the EC conditions?
Details of this system may be given.
Refer Chapter 6, Section 6.3, Page
no. 102
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 38
(d) Does the company have a system of
reporting of non compliance/ violations of
environmental norms to the Board of
Directors of the company and/ or
shareholders or stakeholders at large? This
reporting mechanism should be detailed in
the EIA report
41. Any litigation pending against the project
and/ or any direction/ order passed by any
court of law against the project, if so, details
thereof
Not applicable
42. At least 5 % of the total cost of the project
should be earmarked towards the Enterprise
Social Commitment based on Public Hearing
issues and item-wise details along with time
bound action plan should be prepared and
incorporated.
GSPC being Govt. of Gujarat
Company, it has always been
associated with various Socio –
Economic activities in the areas,
where GSPC operations are going on.
GSPC has also carried out various
social activities under the Directives
of Government Of Gujarat.
43. Public hearing issues raised and
commitments made by the project
proponent on the same should be included
separately in EIA/EMP report in the form of
tabular chart with financial budget for
complying with the commitments made
Minutes of meeting for public hearing
attached as Annexure 14
44. A tabular chart with index for point wise
compliance of above TORs
Refer Chapter 2, Table 20, Page no.
32
2.10.3 Structure of EIA Report
This report is organized in nine sections:
Sr. no. EIA structure Content
1 Executive Summary of Project Brief summary of report
2 Introduction Purpose of the report
• Identification of project & project proponent
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 39
Brief description of nature, size, location of the
project and its importance to the country, region
Scope of the study – details of regulatory scoping
carried out (As per Terms of Reference)
3 Project Description Depicts the details of the proposed project,
auxiliary and supporting facilities. It includes
technology and process description
4 Description of Environment Baseline environmental conditions in the vicinity of
the project site and within 5 Km radius of the
project. Data pertaining to the ambient air quality,
surface and ground water quality, soil quality, land-
use pattern, flora – fauna study and socioeconomic
environment has been presented
5 Anticipated environmental
impacts and mitigation
measures
Predicted environmental impacts due to
construction and operational phases of the
proposed installation of EPS. Air quality modeling
results and minimum required stack heights, water
requirement - wastewater generation and solid and
hazardous waste handling requirements have been
discussed. In addition to this the likely residual
impacts on the ecological and biological
environment and socioeconomic aspects have been
analyzed
6 Environment Management
Plan
Various environmental management plans. Various
resources conservation and recycling opportunities
has been discussed
7 Environment Monitoring
Program
Technical aspects of monitoring the effectiveness of
mitigation measures (incl. frequency, location, data
analysis, reporting schedules, detailed budget)
8 Project Benefits Improvements in the physical infrastructure
Improvements in the social infrastructure
Employment potential –skilled; semi-skilled and
unskilled
Other tangible benefits
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 40
9 Disclosure of Consultant The names of the Consultants engaged with their
brief resume and nature of Consultancy rendered
10 Additional studies as
Annexure
PH MOM, Risk Assessment and Disaster
Management Plan study
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 41
Chapter 3 Process Description
3 PROCESS DESCRIPTION
3.1 PRODUCT DETAILS
GSPC Limited proposes to establish EPS at Village: Ambaliyara, District: Ahmedabad with
the production capacity as motioned in Table 21.
Table 21: Product Profile
M-1 M 1 A-1
Crude oil 2-4 m3/day 2-4 m3/day
Associate Gas 100-150 m3/day 120-200 m3/day
3.2 FUEL DETAILS
Fuel used will be mainly diesel and that too only for operation of stand by DG sets (63.5
KVA at each site). The detail of diesel consumption is as mentioned in Table 22.
Table 22: Detail of fuel consumption
EPS Fuel used Quantity
M 1 Diesel 4 liter/hour
M 1 A1 Diesel 4 liter/hour
Diesel shall be procured from local vendors as per the requirement.
3.3 PROCESS DESCRIPTION
Surface facility has been designed considering potential of well for the handling of
produced Fluid/hydrocarbons (Oil, Gas & water) from the Oil well. Surface production
facility mainly comprises of production, separation, storage, heating, crude loading
including fire fighting pump, fire hydrants and other safety provisions as per statutory
guidelines.
Reservoir pressure at both the site is sufficient for the production of crude oil and natural
gas. Initially oil shall be produced due to the naturally occurring pressure i.e. self flow at
site. After depletion of reservoir pressure, artificial lift will be installed to lift the fluid
from well bore up to surface.
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 42
In order to operate the wells for the production of oil and gas, EPS shall be established.
The diagrammatic representation of production system with different parts is as shown in
Figure 6
Figure 6: Diagram of Sucker Rod Pump
Once the Crude Oil and associated gas are extracted from ground either due to self
pressure or with the help of pump jack, they will be diverted to two phase separator
wherein due to their density difference the same shall be separated.
Crude Oil shall be transferred to the temporary storage tanks and later transported to
ONGC for further processing.
Oil shall be maintained in liquid form by providing heat through bath heaters.
Associated gas will be used in bath heaters. Technical flaring of gas shall be envisaged.
Continue in
Figure 7
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 43
The detail flow diagram of the process is as shown in Figure 7.
Figure 7: Flow Diagram of Production System
Process of Storage/handling of Hydrocarbon: Produced hydrocarbons from wells
flows through 4” over ground pipe line up to EPS main header.
Firstly in to the well manifold then the Fluid (Oil + gas) flows into the separators for
separation of Oil & Gas.
a. Handling of Crude oil: Separated oil flows into the over head storage tanks for
measurement & storage. Oil will be loaded in Oil tankers vide loading platform and
transported to ONGC-CTF Tank.
b. Handling of associated gas: Gas is piped to the Gas flow line after measurement
through gas meter. The gas will be fed to bath heater and the remaining gas will go to
flare stack for flaring
Well Head
EPS Header
Two Phase separator
Associated Natural Gas
Liquid crude oil & Water
Flaring Used in Bath Heater
Storage Tank
Loading point
Effluent water drain pit
Transported to
IOCL/ ONGC
Crude oil Water
Crude oil
Crude oil
Natural Hydrocarbon
Natural Hydrocarbon
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 44
3.3.1 Two Stage Separator
Separator will be designed to separate production fluids into their constituents’
components of Oil, Gas and water. It will work on the principle of separation due to
density difference, velocity reduction, and gravity.
Once the oil and other fluids have been separated, the oil will leave the vessel at the
bottom through a dump valve that is controlled by the level controller. The gas which
has now been separated will reach to the top. This gas will leave through the top and is
passed through a meter run for measurement purposes.
One No. of Separator will be installed with liquid handling Capacity of 15 m3/day & Gas
handling capacity of 285 mm scf/day
3.3.2 Storage Tank
Two storage tanks shall be provided for temporary storage of oil at site. Each tank shall
have storage capacity of 45 m3.
3.3.3 Bath heater
Bath heater shall be installed for heating of crude oil to maintain its viscosity for easy
flow to the temporary storage tanks. Associated gas separated from the oil and gas
separators will be used as fuel for the operation of bath heaters.
1 No. Bath Heater will be installed for the proposed project with heating capacity at
Inlet: 20-30 Deg C & Outlet: 50-70 Deg C. Amount of fluid to be heated will be 1.0
MT/Hr.
3.3.4 Flare
After feeding to bath heater, the excess of associated gas shall be burnt by flaring at
site. Only flaring shall be envisaged. The height of stack shall be 9 m from ground level
as per OMR 1984 guideline.
3.3.5 Drain pit for waste water
Crude and water will be extracted in mixture from separator. Produced Water shall be
later drained from the crude oil and collected in waste water pit constructed specifically
for collection of produced water and for its further separation from any oil droplet.
The capacity of drain pit to be provided at site is 200 m3 (divided in to 2 equal halves of
100 m3)
3.3.6 Fire
Fire water tank will be constructed at site. The capacity of these tanks will be 200 m3
(divided in to 2 equal halves of 100 m3)
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 45
3.3.7 Hazardous waste storage
Hazardous waste generated will be stored in isolated covered area in closed container
3.4 WATER
Water will be sourced from Ground water or tankers water.
3.4.1 Water Consumption
The total water consumption for the proposed project is as per Table 23
Table 23: Water Consumption
M 1 M 1 A 1
Domestic 0.405 KL/day 0.405 KL/day
Industrial (for bath heater) 0.3 KL/day 0.3 KL/day
Fire water make up 2 KL/day 2 KL/day
Total 2.705 KL/day 2.705 KL/day
No water shall be required for any process activities in the proposed project. Apart from
domestic usage, water will be required as fire water make up.
3.4.2 Waste Water Generation
Waste water generation will be from domestic usage only. Apart from this, there will be
waste water generation in form of produced water during extraction of oil and gas in the
later stage. As with aging of field, reservoir water starts moving into the well and will be
produced along with crude oil. This is mainly due to increase of water saturation in
Hydrocarbon pore volume. The same shall be separated in the oil and gas separator and
due to density difference, it will be drained out. The separation process shall be done
such that the traces of oil or gas are to the minimum extent in the produced water. The
water shall meet the standards for land disposal. But for safer side, the produced water
shall be collected in waste water pit and later sent to CETP. The detail description of
waste water collection pit is discussed in chapter 6, Section 6.2.4, Page no. 100.
Domestic waste water shall be sent to septic tank/ soak pit
Table 24: Waste Water Generation
M1 M 1 A1
Produced Water 2 KL/day 3 KL/day
Domestic 0.05 KL/day 0.05 KL/day
Total 2.05 KL/day 3.05 KL/day
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 46
3.5 ELECTRICITY
Source of Electricity for both the site will be Uttar Gujarat Vij Company Limited (UGVCL).
The total power requirement at both the sites is as mentioned in Table 25
Table 25: Electricity
M 1 M 1 A1
Power requirement Motive: 100 HP
Light: 25 KVA
Motive: 100 HP
Light: 25 KVA
Stand by DG set will be installed for emergency power supply.
Table 26: DG Sets
M 1 M 1 A1
DG set capacity 63.5 KVA 63.5 KVA
3.6 STACKS
Vent shall be provided in temporary storage tanks. Also stack shall be provided with oil
and gas separators and DG set. The details of stack are as given in Table 27.
Table 27: Stack Details
M 1 M 1 A1
Stack attached to DG set Oil-gas
separator
(Flaring stack)
DG set Oil-gas
separator
(Flaring stack)
Stack height 5 m (as per
CPCB guideline)
9 m 5 m (as per
CPCB guideline)
9 m
3.7 SOLID WASTE GENERATION
The solid waste generated from the proposed project will be only in form of domestic
municipal waste
Table 28: Solid Waste Generation
M 1 M 1 A1
Domestic waste 2 kg/day 2 kg/day
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 47
The waste generated will be disposed through local door to door collection facility from
municipality
3.8 HAZARDOUS WASTE
Hazardous waste generated from both the site is as given in Table 29
Table 29: Hazardous Waste
M 1 M 1 A1
Used oil 15 liters/year 15 liters/year
Oily Cotton Waste 10 kg/month 10 kg/month
Oily sludge 4 scm/year 4 scm/year
Used oil due to negligible quantity shall be used for internal purpose for greasing
whereas oily cotton waste will be send to approved TSDF site. Oily sludge generated will
be handed over to registered recyclers.
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 48
Chapter 4 Baseline Environment
4 BASELINE STUDY
This chapter comprises of the present environment scenario with respect to ambient air,
water, soil, noise, socioeconomic data, flora and fauna and land use/ land cover of the
project site and the surrounding villages/ area in 5 Km radius.
The parameters corresponding to air, water, soil and noise, land use and bio ecology are
individually discussed in the upcoming sections. The photographs of baseline monitoring
are attached as Annexure 3.
4.1 METEOROLOGY STUDY
Online meteorology station was set at the project site and accordingly wind rose was
prepared to determine the predominant wind direction
The meteorology parameters studied at the project site are as below
Table 30: Meteorology Data
Parameters Min-Max observed
Wind speed 0 m/s – 9 m/s
Predominant Wind direction West to East
Temperature 26 °C – 46 °C
Relative humidity 9 % – 94 %
Wind rose for the study area was prepared and the predominant wind direction observed
during the study period was West to East. The wind rose diagram for the study period
(15th May 2013 to 15th June 2013) is as shown in Figure 8. The dominant stability class
during the study period of one month was found to be E (slightly stable). The dominant
stability class was calculated based on the mixing height data using ISC – ST 3 air
modeling software. The graph for same is depicted in Figure 9.
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 49
Figure 8: Wind Rose Diagram
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 50
Figure 9: Wind Class & Stability Class Frequency Distribution
4.2 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY
4.2.1 Study period and area
The ambient air quality monitoring was carried out in 5 Km radius from the project site
(M 1 and M1 A1) during summer season for one month (15th May 2013 to 15th June
2013) as per the TOR issued by MoEF.
4.2.2 Details of Parameter monitored and analysis method adopted
The parameters were selected based on the TOR issued by MoEF. The list of parameters
monitored with the analysis method is as mentioned below:
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 51
Table 31: Analysis methods
Parameter Frequency of
monitoring
Analysis method Detection
limit
Instrument Details
PM10 Twice in week
for 24 hours
IS:5182 (pt 23) 1.0 μg/m3 RDS Sampler, Weigh
Balance
PM2.5 Twice in week
for 24 hours
-- 8.0 μg/m3 PM2.5 Sampler, Weigh
Balance
SOx Twice in week
for 24 hours
IS:5182 (part 2): 2001, EPA
modified West & Gaeke method
1.6 μg/m3 RDS Sampler, Spectro
photometer
NOx Twice in week
for 24 hours
IS:5182 (part 6): 2006, Jacobs
Hochheiser method –Fifth revision
5.5 μg/m3 RDS Sampler, Spectro
photometer
VOC as BTX Twice in week Charcoal adsorption 0.1 ppm Gas Chromatography
HC Twice in week Grab sampling 0.1 ppm Gas Chromatography
4.2.3 Air Monitoring Locations
Total 6 monitoring locations were considered for the study of ambient air quality in the
study area. The locations were selected based on the TOR issued by MoEF and CPCB
guidelines for Ambient Air Quality Monitoring. Two downwind and two upwind directions
were selected for air quality monitoring.
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 52
Figure 10: Air Monitoring Locations on site map of study area
AQ 1
AQ 2
AQ 3
AQ 4 AQ 5
AQ 6
Please register P
DF
Splitter and M
erger
DE
MO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 53
The details of monitoring locations are as mentioned in the table below
Table 32: Air Monitoring Locations
Sampling
Station
Code Distance w. r. t
project site
(km)
Direction w. r. t
project site
Justificatio
n as per
wind
regime
Latitude
Longitude
M 1 M1 A1 M 1 M1 A1
Ambaliyara AQ 1 1.26 1.67 NW NW Upwind 22˚ 46’ 4.7” N 72˚ 30’ 1.1 E
Ambaliyara -
Dariyapura
AQ 2 1.89 1.65 E NEE Downwind 22˚ 45’ 37.9” N 72˚ 31’ 41.4” E
Rajpur AQ 3 3.08 2.81 SWW W Upwind 22˚ 45’ 23.3” N 72˚ 28’ 56.3” E
Sathal AQ 4 3.35 3.06 S S Crosswind 22˚43’ 50.4” N 72˚ 30’ 20.0” E
Kaloli AQ 5 4.44 4.01 SE SE Crosswind 22˚ 44’ 20.1” N 72˚ 32’ 46.5” E
Chitrasad AQ 6 2.77 2.62 NEE NEE Downwind 22˚ 45’ 56.6” N 72˚ 32’ 10.7” E
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 54
4.2.4 Baseline Data
The observed 24-hour Minimum, Maximum and average concentrations of PM10, PM2.5
SO2, NOx, VOC as BTX (i.e. Benzene, Toluene, Xylene) and HC as methane and non
methane (C2 to C5) have been presented in table below
Table 33: Concentration of Various Pollutants
Parameters Observed values, µg/m3
SAMPLING LOCATIONS CPCB Standards
24 hourly, µg/m3
AQ 1 AQ 2 AQ 3 AQ 4 AQ 5 AQ 6 100
PM10
Minimum 78 80 77 88 81 75
Maximum 95 98 96 106 104 91
Average 86 89 84 94 92 83
98 Percentile 94 98 95 105 104 91
PM2.5 Minimum 33 39 12 25 17 24 60
Maximum 57 58 38 41 53 42
Average 45 49 23 34 31 34
98 Percentile 56 57 37 41 52 42
SOx Minimum 3.65 3.35 4.59 5.03 3.35 3.17 80
Maximum 10.85 11.04 12.03 13.02 9.57 8.78
Average 6.94 6.79 8.41 9.28 6.31 5.66
98 Percentile 10.57 10.67 11.89 12.91 9.43 8.64
NOx Minimum 6.86 5.95 7.27 10.90 5.25 5.15 80
Maximum 13.22 15.04 15.64 14.05 12.62 10.19
Average 9.97 10.57 11.95 13.21 9.84 8.26
98 Percentile 13.05 14.77 15.43 15.91 12.56 10.18
VOC as BTX Minimum ND ND ND ND ND ND ---
Maximum ND ND ND ND ND ND
Average ND ND ND ND ND ND
98 Percentile ND ND ND ND ND ND
HC Minimum ND ND ND ND ND ND ---
Maximum ND ND ND ND ND ND
Average ND ND ND ND ND ND
98 Percentile ND ND ND ND ND ND
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 55
The detail monitoring results are attached as Annexure 10
PM10
Average Concentration of PM10 was found within the CPCB limits at all the monitoring
stations whereas 98th percentile value exceeded the CPCB limits at Sathal and Kaloli. The
higher side concentration was observed due to urbanization in the area and major
construction activities in the vicinity.
PM2.5
Average Concentration of PM2.5 was found below the limits prescribed by CPCB. Average
concentration for PM2.5 ranged between 23 μg/m3 to 49 μg/m3.
SOx
Average Concentration ranged between 5.66 μg/m3 to 9.28 μg/m3 and is well below the
CPCB limits.
NOx
Average Concentration ranged between 8.26 μg/m3 to 13.21 μg/m3 and is well below the
CPCB limits.
VOC
VOC were not detected during the study period.
HC
HC were not detected during the study period.
4.3 WATER ENVIRONMENT
4.3.1 Hydrology of area
The detail study on geohydrology was conducted in the area and the report for same is
attached as Annexure 4
From the observation and study of the relevant information of GWRDC Tube Wells in and
around the study area it is inferred that
• In and around the study area Ground water occurs in Alluvium aquifers which
comprises of alternate beds of sand, clay, kankar mixed with clay are occurring in
this area.
• The thickness and extent of this aquifer vary with respect to space and depth.
• In this area ground water occurs in the zone of primary porosity. The quantity of
ground water stored in the aquifer depends on the grain size of the aquifer
material, its hydraulic characteristics and thickness. Ground water is mainly
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 56
occurring under unconfined shallow confined, deep confined or more precisely
semi-confined conditions.
From the observations of GWRDC tube well data it is observed that Ground water occurs
under confined or more precisely semi-confined conditions.
• It is pertinent to mention that Study area falls in the southern side of Sardar
Sarovar Canal Command Project.
• This area falls in critical Category from the ground water development point of
view.
• Narmada Main Canal is already in operation through which perennial water supply
has been started but this perennial water supply may be only for domestic
water supply
• The unconfined aquifers in and around the study area are practically dried up and
groundwater occurs mainly under shallow confined and deep confined condition.
The depth of tube well in and around the adjacent area is ranging from 188m
deep (Virpur) to 247m deep at (Dholka) below ground level. At Ambaliyara, it is
around 145 - 170m deep below ground level (Plate )
Gujarat Water Resources Development Corporation (GWRDC) Gandhinagar is monitoring
observation tube wells for periodic measurements of water level fluctuations and water
quality variation in and around the study area. One such tube wells tapping deep
confined aquifers at village Chaloda is monitored for periodic measurements of water
level fluctuations and water quality variation.
Figure 11: Hydrograph of Village: Chaloda, Taluka: Dholka, District: Ahmedabad
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 57
Hydrograph Analysis
The long-term water level fluctuation data for the period 1998 to-2002 of the nearest
observation tube well located at village Chaloda, Taluka Dholka of Ahmedabad District
was examined and is given in Hydrograph as shown in Figure 11.
From the observation of these hydrographs, following conclusion could be drawn.
• The overall Rising trend is observed in water level which could be attributed
due to improved recharge condition due to assured surface water supply in
upstream North, and North East direction of the study area
• Assured/perennial surface water supply will be through Sardar Sarovar Project
Canal Command, Irrigation Department, Government of Gujarat.
• In addition to rainfall recharge to ground water aquifer, now due to this surface
water supply,
(i) Seepage through canal network and
(ii) Return seepage from irrigated field are the recharge components contributing
recharge to ground water aquifer
It is reflected in water level profile of Hydrograph which shows rising trend
4.3.2 Baseline study
Total six nos. of sample for ground water (as per TOR) and five surface water samples
were collected to evaluate the water quality around 5 Km radius from the project site.
4.3.3 Study period and sampling frequency
The water samples were collected once in the study period during summer season for
one month (15th May 2013 to 15th June 2013) as per the TOR issued by MoEF.
4.3.4 Details of Parameter monitored and analysis method adopted
The analysis method followed for measuring different parameters to evaluate water
quality is given in the table below
Table 34: Analysis method for water parameters
Parameter Units Applicable standard method of analysis
Detection limit
Electrical conductivity Umho/cm
IS – 3025 (Part –14) -1984 (1st Revision) (RA - 1996)
1
pH --
IS-3025(Part 11):1983 (RA 2002)
1.0
Nitrite (NO2) mg/L IS- 3025 (Part – 34 – 4) 0.1
Nitrate (NO3) mg/L IS – 3025 (Part – 34) 1988 0.1
Phosphorus as phosphate mg/L
Standard Methods – APHA 22nd Ed. 4500 P .D.
0.02
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 58
Potassium mg/L
Standard Methods – APHA 22nd Ed. 3500 – K
2.0
Calcium (Ca) mg/L
Standard Methods – APHA 22nd Ed. 3500 Ca – B.
2.0
Magnesium (Mg) mg/L
Standard Methods – APHA 22nd Ed. 3500 Mg – B.
2.0
Carbonate (CO3) mg/L IS – 3025 (Part –51) :2001 5.0
Bicarbonates (HCO3) mg/L IS – 3025 (Part –51):2001 5.0
Chlorides (Cl) mg/L
IS-3025(part 32)-1988 (RA-1999)
1.0
Sulphate (SO4) mg/L Standard Methods – APHA 22nd Ed 4500 E
2.0
COD mg/L
Standard Methods – APHA 22nd Ed. 5220 B. 5- 19
2.0
Silica (SiO2) mg/L Standard Methods – APHA 22nd Ed.500-D
0.12
Fluoride mg/L Standard Methods – APHA 22nd ED, 4500-F-D
0.05
Boron mg/L Standard Methods – APHA 22nd ED, 4500 B
0.01
TDS mg/L IS-3025(part 16)-1984 (RA 1996)
4.00
DO mg/L
IS – 3025 (Part –38) -(Reaffirmed – 1999)
1.0
Sodium mg/L
Standard Methods – APHA 22nd ED 3500 - Na B.
2.0
BOD5days mg/L IS – 3025 (Part –44) -1993 (RA-1999)
4.0
TON mg/L
IS – 3025 (Part –44) -1993 (RA-1999)
4.0
Sodium Adsorption ratio mg/L Calculative Method -
Total Coliform mg/L IS : 1622 – 1981 ( RA – 1996) -
COD mg/L
Standard Methods – APHA 22nd Ed. 5220 B. 5- 19
2.0
4.3.5 Water Sampling Locations
Water sampling locations for ground and surface water samples are as mentioned in
Table 35.
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 59
Table 35: Water Monitoring Locations
Monitoring
Location
Station
code
Source of
water
Distance from site Direction w.r.t. site Date of sampling
M 1 M 1 A1 M 1 M 1 A1
Ground Water
Project Site
M1A1
GW 1 Bore well -- -- -- -- 24/5/2013
Project Site
M 1
GW 2 Bore well -- -- -- -- 24/05/2013
Ambaliyara GW 3 Bore well 1.51 1.92 NW NW 24/05/2013
Dariyapura GW 4 Bore well 1.90 1.69 E NEE 24/05/2013
Rajpur GW 5 Bore well 2.97 3.19 SWW W 28/05/2013
Sathal GW 6 Bore well 3.0 2.75 SSW SSW 28/05/2013
Surface Water
Ambaliyara SW 1 Pond 1.70 2.10 NW NW 24/5/2013
Dariyapura SW 2 River 2.25 2.16 NE NE 24/05/2013
Rajpur SW 3 Pond 2.79 3.00 SWW SWW 28/05/2013
Naika SW 4 Pond 6.85 6.55 SE SE 31/05/2013
Sathal SW 5 Pond 3.00 2.70 SSW SSW 28/05/2013
Please register P
DF
Splitter and M
erger
DE
MO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 60
4.3.6 Ground Water Quality
The baseline ground water quality observed during the study period at the above locations is as mentioned in Table 36
Table 36: Ground Water Quality
Parameters Unit Monitoring location Limit as per
IS:10500:2012
GW 1 GW 2 GW 3 GW 4 GW 5 GW 6 Desirable
limit
Permissible
limit Project Site
M1A1
Project Site
M1
Ambaliyara Dariyapura Rajpur Sathal
Bore well Bore well Bore well Bore well Bore well Bore well
Electrical Conductivity
μmho/
cm
2640 2460 2680 5220 3000 3300 NS NS
pH -- 7.63 8.05 7.49 6.98 7.34 7.47 6.5-8.5 No relax
Nitrite (NO2) mg/L ND 0.022 ND ND ND ND NS NS
Nitrate (NO3) mg/L 15.4 4.72 13.7 18.0 14.4 1.92 45 No relax
Phosphate mg/L ND ND ND 0.15 ND 0.60 NS NS
Potassium mg/L ND 03 05 ND ND 03 NS NS
Calcium mg/L 92.18 88.18 108 216 111 196 75 200
Magnesium mg/L 13.12 12.64 11.66 87.48 16 12 30 100
Carbonate mg/L 20 80 ND ND ND 12 NS NS
Please register P
DF
Splitter and M
erger
DE
MO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 61
Bicarbonate mg/L 350 180 340 640 400 294 NS NS
Hardness mg/L 284 272 318 900 344 540 300 600
Alkalinity mg/L 370 260 340 640 400 306 200 600
Chlorides mg/L 532 493 590 1063 600 590 250 1000
Sulphate mg/L 143 122 130 481 128 274 200 400
COD mg/L 20 30 20 20 ND 10 NS NS
Silica (SiO2) mg/L 41.4 80.2 78.4 68.4 2.78 3.06 NS NS
Fluoride mg/L 1.18 0.64 0.75 0.80 0.88 0.77 1 1.5
Boron mg/L 0.07 0.08 0.07 0.02 0.05 ND 0.5 1.0
TDS mg/L 1135 1058 1152 2245 1290 1419 500 2000
NS: Not specified
The detail ground water analysis results are attached as Annexure 11
Conclusion
Water Quality of bore well at Dariyapura exceeded the permissible limits for TDS, calcium, hardness, alkalinity, chloride and sulphate.
Fluoride was found within the desirable limits (Table 36) at all the studied locations. TDS level was higher than the desirable limit at all
the sampling locations. None of the studied well locations for ground water were fit for drinking purpose.
The main source of drinking water for sampling locations is Narmada canal supply. Water from bore well was mainly used for the purpose
other than drinking.
Please register P
DF
Splitter and M
erger
DE
MO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 62
4.3.7 Surface Water Quality
The baseline surface water quality in the study area is as mentioned below
Table 37: Surface Water Quality
Parameters Unit Monitoring Locations
SW 1 SW 2 SW 3 SW 4 SW 5
Ambaliyara Dariyapura Rajpur Naika Sathal
Pond River Pond Pond Pond
Electrical
Conductivity
μmho/C 4700 3520 8500 6440 23300
pH -- 8.20 7.50 9.23 7.97 8.00
DO mg/L 7.0 6.9 6.0 5.0 6.0
TDS mg/L 2021 1514 3655 2770 10019
Nitrite (NO2) mg/L ND ND ND ND 0.011
Nitrate (NO3) mg/L 0.08 0.21 0.79 2.70 5.83
Phosphate mg/L 0.38 8.43 ND ND 0.66
Potassium mg/L 40 22 15 20 30
Calcium mg/L 144 107 144 216 353
Magnesium mg/L 9.72 6.80 27 15 150
Sodium mg/L 655 498 1178 1240 2990
Carbonate mg/L 140 ND 400 60 72
Bicarbonate mg/L 348 600 560 450 204
Hardness mg/L 400 296 470 600 1500
Alkalinity mg/L 488 600 960 480 276
Chloride mg/L 638 686 1411 1160 6380
Sulphate mg/L 280 113 445 370 1517
BOD5days mg/L 06 34 29 08 14
Ammoniacal
nitrogen
mg/L 6.72 22.96 12.32 11.2 7.84
Sodium -- 23.4 13.5 23.6 22 33.6
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 63
Adsorption ratio
Boron mg/L 0.13 ND 0.22 0.10 0.34
Total Coliform MPN/100 ml >110000 24000 24000 46000 >110000
COD mg/L 80 340 260 60 380
ND: Not Detected
The detail surface water analysis results are attached as Annexure 11
The above surface water samples were compared with standards given by CPCB for used base classification of surface water in India. The standards are as mentioned in Table 38.
Table 38: Use based classification of surface water in India
Designated Best Use Class of
water
Criteria
Drinking water source
without conventional
treatment but after
disinfection
A 1. Total Coliform organism MPN/100 ml shall be 50
or less
2. pH between 6.5 and 8.5
3. Dissolved oxygen 6 mg/L or more
4. Biochemical oxygen demand 5 days, 20 deg C, 2
mg/l or less
Outdoor bathing
(Organized)
B 1. Total Coliform organism MPN/100 ml shall be
500 or less
2. pH between 6.5 and 8.5
3. Dissolved oxygen 5 mg/l or more
4. Biochemical oxygen demand 5 days, 20 deg C, 3
mg/l or less
Drinking water source
after conventional
treatment and
disinfection
C 1. Total Coliform organism MPN/100 ml shall be
5000 or less
2. pH between 6 to 9
3. Dissolved oxygen 4 mg/L or more
4. Biochemical oxygen demand 5 days, 20 deg C, 3
mg/l or less
Propagation of wild life
and fishery
D 1. pH between 6.5 to 8.5
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 64
2. Dissolved oxygen 4 mg/l or more
3. Free ammonia (as N) 1.2 mg/l or less
Irrigation, industrial
cooling, controlled
waste disposal
E 1. pH between 6 to 8.5
2. Electrical conductivity at 25 deg C µmho/cm
maximum 2250
3. Sodium absorption ratio max 26
4. Boron max 2 mg/l
Conclusion
The surface water at Ambaliyara falls under Class B category of water as per CPCB standards (Table 38). The water was used mainly for cattle washing and drinking purpose.
Surface water of others locations were used for washing of clothes and cattle.
4.4 SOIL ENVIRONMENT
Soil samples were taken from the location within 5 Km radius of project site during
summer season for one month (15th May 2013 to 15th June 2013) as per the TOR issued
by MoEF. Monitoring for soil was done once in season. The details of methodology used
for soil sampling and analysis is as given in Table 39
Table 39: Methodology of soil sample analysis
Physical and Chemical
Parameters UNIT
Details of instrument used for
analysis.
Applicable standard method for sample analysis
Bulk Density
gm/cm3 Weigh Balance METHODS OF SOIL ANALYSIS, part – 1 (chemical & microbial properties :, By C.A. Black (American Society of Agronomy & ASTM)
Water Holding Capacity
% - Hand book of Methods in Environmental Studies
(Vol: 2- Air, Noise , Soil & overburden Analysis)
Porosity %
Grain Size distribution
Gravel %
Hand book of Methods in Environmental Studies
Silt %
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 65
Sand % Sieve Shaker &
weigh Balance
(Vol: 2- Air, Noise , Soil & overburden Analysis)
Clay %
Soil texture - - Hand book of Methods in Environmental Studies
(Vol: 2- Air, Noise , Soil & overburden Analysis)
Soil Colour --- - -
pH --- pH Meter IS – 2720 ( Part – 26) – 1987
(RA – 2002)
Conductivity µS/cm Conductivity Meter IS 14767 : 2000 (Reaff.2010)
Nitrogen as N % Distillation Assembly IS 14684 : 1989 (Reaff.2000)
Phosphorus
mg/kg UV-VIS Spectrophotometer
METHODS OF SOIL ANALYSIS, part – 2 (chemical & microbial properties :, By C.A. Black (American Society of Agronomy & ASTM)
Potassium as K
mg/kg Flame phototmeter METHODS OF SOIL ANALYSIS, part – 2 (chemical & microbial properties :, By C.A. Black (American Society of Agronomy & ASTM)
Sodium as Na
mg/kg METHODS OF SOIL ANALYSIS, part – 2 (chemical & microbial properties :, By C.A. Black (American Society of Agronomy & ASTM)
SAR
- -
Calculative Method
Calcium as Ca
mg/kg - METHODS OF SOIL ANALYSIS, part – 1 (chemical & microbial properties :, By C.A. Black (American Society of Agronomy & ASTM)
Nitrate as NO3-N
mg/kg UV-VIS Spectrophotometer
IS 14684 : 1989 (Reaff.2000)
Sulphate as SO4 mg/kg UV-VIS
Spectrophotometer IS – 2720 ( Part – XXVII) – 1977 (RA – 2006)
Organic matter % - IS – 2720 (Part – 22) – 1973
Reaffirmed – 2006
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 66
The soil quality observed at the monitoring locations with details of sampling locations is
given in Table 40
Table 40: Soil monitoring location and Soil Quality
Parameters Unit Monitoring Location
SQ 1 SQ 2 SQ 3 SQ 4
Project site of M 1 A 1 Project site of M 1 Ambaliyara Dariyapura
05/06/2013 05/06/2013 05/06/2013 05/06/2013
Bulk Density gm/cm3 0.60 0.59 0.63 0.68
Water Holding Capacity % 49 49 43 48
Soil Color --- Yellow Yellow Brown Brown
Porosity % 77 78 76 74
Grain size distribution
Gravel % 11 07 10 06
Coarse % 24 18 26 21
Medium % 39 50 48 44
Fine Sand % 18 21 10 20
Silt and Clay % 08 04 06 09
pH --- 7.89 8.90 7.83 7.85
Conductivity μmho/cm 1045 558 1214 657
Nitrogen as N % 0.013 0.011 0.012 0.013
Phosphorus mg/gm 0.640 0.487 0.584 0.638
Potassium as K mg/gm 0.01 0.01 0.002 0.01
Sodium mg/gm 0.083 0.049 0.070 0.038
Calcium as Ca mg/gm 0.135 0.128 0.094 0.115
Nitrate as NO3-N mg/gm 0.079 0.018 0.062 0.025
Sulphate as SO4 mg/gm 0.901 0.725 0.874 1.002
SAR mg/gm 4.3 2.13 4.48 1.2
Organic matter % 2.07 1.82 0.81 2.41
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 67
4.5 NOISE ENVIRONMENT
The ambient noise environment consists of the total noise generated in the area at
various distances around the sampling locations. The noise level varies depending on the
type of activities carried out in the surrounding area. The baseline noise environment
was studied at the project site as well as the surrounding villages. The locations
considered for the noise monitoring are tabulated below along with the CPCB limits. The
base line level of noise is as given in the Table 42
Table 41: Noise Monitoring Location
Sampling Station Type of area Station Code
Ambaliyara Residential NQ 1
Dariyapura Residential NQ 2
Rajpur Residential NQ 3
Sathal Residential NQ 4
Kaloli Residential NQ 5
Chitrasar Residential NQ 6
Table 42: Noise quality in study area
Area
code
Equivalent Noise Level L(eq) in dB(A) CPCB Limits
Day Times Night Time Day time Night time
NQ 1 40.5 37.6 55 45
NQ 2 48.3 40.3 55 45
NQ 3 46.5 39.3 55 45
NQ 4 50.2 43.2 55 45
NQ 5 42.9 38.9 55 45
NQ 6 39.9 36.4 55 45
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 68
Conclusion
Daytime and night time noise levels are within the CPCB ambient noise level standards
at all locations.
4.6 LAND USE STUDY A detailed study for land use study was conducted in the area and detail report for same
is attached as Annexure 6.
4.6.1 Primary Data Collection
The land use/land cover mapping was carried out using digital satellite imagery procured
from NRSA, Hyderabad. Details of the satellite data are as given in Table 43
Table 43: Details of Satellite Data
Satellite Sensor Bands Year
Resourcesat 2 LISS IV 2,3,4 January, 2012
4.6.2 Secondary Data Collection
The ancillary data collected for the study were from the below mentioned source.
• District Planning Series Map: Survey of India, Department of Science and
Technology, Government of India copyright 2002.
• Census 2001: Gujarat Administrative Atlas, Census of India 2001, Directorate of
Census Operations, Gujarat
4.6.3 Area Statistics of Land Use/ Cover Classes
The area statistics of these classes are presented in Table 44. The major portion of the
study region is covered by Agriculture followed by Open Vegetation and Scrub.
Table 44: Land use/cover Classes Area Statistics within 10 km Radius of Project Site
Class Area (Ha.) Area (sq. km.) Area (%)
Agriculture 24672.18 246.72 78.57
Scrub 1415.91 14.16 4.51
Open Vegetation 1871.34 18.71 5.96
Close Vegetation 22.00 0.22 0.07
Habitation 1058.59 10.59 3.37
Industrial Area 620.00 6.20 1.97
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 69
Water Body 342.38 3.42 1.09
River 431.00 4.30 1.37
Salt Affected Land 15.29 0.15 0.05
Barren Land 87.67 0.88 0.28
Sandy Area 237.50 2.37 0.76
Aquatic Vegetation 65.05 0.65 0.21
Plantation 561.88 5.62 1.79
Total 31400.79 313.99 100 %
The salt affected area is located in small patches. The distance of salt affected area from
the project site is as mentioned below
Table 45: Distance of Salt affected area
EPS Distance Direction
M1A1 3.37 Km NE
M1 3.37 Km NE
M1 A1 2.75 Km SE
M1 3.14 Km SE
M1 A1 4.73 Km NW
M1 4.34 Km NW
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 70
Figure 12: Land use/ Land cover – M 1 & M1 A 1 for 10 Km radius from project site
4.7 BIO ECOLOGY STUDY
The baseline study, for the preparation of inventory of the floral and faunal biodiversity
of the terrestrial environment of the study area, within 5 km radius from the identified
EPS sites of M-1 and M-1 A-1 was conducted and a detailed report is attached as
Annexure 5.
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 71
4.7.1 Floral Diversity of Study Area
The following account of floral inventory has been, based on the field survey conducted
for a short duration in the June 2013, is not very comprehensive data and is aimed only
to give a general pattern of vegetation of this region during the study period as a
baseline data in absence of available secondary data.
Trees
The dominant trees in the study area were generally planted as the road side plantation
or along the agriculture fields for shades. Otherwise natural tree cover is very less in this
part of Ahmedabad District. Dominant tree species were, Mangifera indica, Tamarindus indica (Amali), Azadirachta indica (Limbado), Prosopis cineraria (Khyigdo), Ailanthus
excelsa (Aurdso) and Salvadorao leoides (Piludi)
29 species of trees belong to 20 families are enumerated from the study area. The detail
lists of trees observed during primary survey are mentioned in Annexure 5.
Shrubs
29 shrub species belong to 15 families are enumerated from the study area. The
dominant shrub community in this area was represented by, Calotropis procera, C.
gigantea (Akado), Prosopis juliflora (Gando baval), Ipomoea fistulosa (Nasarmo),
Lawsonia inermis (Mendhi), and Lantana camara (Ganthai). The detail lists of shrubs
observed during primary survey are mentioned in Annexure 5.
Herbs
As the study area is dominated by the waterlogged grass lands and paddy fields, with
remarkably rich herbaceous ground cover. 77 species of herbs belongs to 30 families
were documented from the sampling plots laid in different habitats. The herbs observed
in the sampling plots, during the survey period in the study area have been enlisted in
Annexure 5.
Climbers & Twiners
Climbers/ twiners in the study area dominated by Ipomoea pes-tigridis (Wagpadi),
Ipomea pes-caprae (Dariani vel), Ipomea aquatica (Nali ni Bhaji), Coccinia grandis
(Ghiloda), Luffa cylindrica (Galku) and Abrus precatorius (Chanothai). 25 species of
climbers/ twiners belongs to 8 families are recorded from the area
The major climbers and twiners observed in the study area in the sampling plots are
given in Annexure 5.
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 72
Cultivated Plants in Study area
The agricultural practices have occupied the majority of available landscape. The major
agriculture activities of this region vary seasonally. Rice (Oryza sativa) is the major crop
during the monsoon period while wheat (Triticum aestivum) is cultivated as major crop
during winter. The crop occupying the highest percentage of the sown area of this region
is taken as the major crop and all other possible alternative crops which are sown in this
region either as substitutes of the base crop in the same season or as the crops which fit
in the rotation in the subsequent season, are considered as minor crop
Major Crops
Major crops in the study area are Rice (Oryza sativa L.) and Wheat (Triticuma aestivum)
Minor Crops
The minor crops of this region are Bajra (Pennisetum typhoides) and Jowar (Sorghum
bicolar)
Vegetables
Many villages in the study area are actively engaged in the cultivation of Bhindi
(Abelmoschus esculentus), especially at Navapura village, Chandisar village, and
Ambaliyara village
Horticultural Practices and Fruit grown
Horticulture activity is not much developed in this region of Ahmedabad district
Rare and Endangered Flora in Study Area
Among the enumerated flora in the study area, none of them were assigned any threat
category by RED data book of Indian Plants, (Nayar and Sastry, 1990) and Red list of
threatened Vascular plants (IUCN, 2010, BSI, 2003)
Endemic Plants of Study Area
Among recorded plant species, during the survey period, none can be assigned the
status of endemic plant of this region.
Status of Forest & their category in Study
No natural forest land was observed in the study area except few scattered scrub cover
in the barren lands and area demarcated for grazing.
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 73
4.7.2 Faunal Biodiversity of Study Area
The list of Systematic account of the birds in the study area with the status of
occurrence along with other observed fauna like butterflies, reptiles and mammals is
discussed in Annexure 5.
Rare and Endangered Fauna in Study Area
As per IUCN Red list of threatened species (2012), among the sighted animal species
(Grusantigone) Sarus Crane is categorized as vulnerable. Two birds are grouped under
near threatened category i.e. Painted stork (Mycteria leucocephala) and Oriental Darter
(Anhinga melanogaster). None of them sited within 1 km radius from the well location.
Table 46: Near Threatened Birds of Study Area
Species Habitat Location Coordinates Distance
from
site
Number Threat
status
(IUCN,2012)
Sarus Crane
(Grus Antigone)
Shallow Water
bodies, Paddy
Fields
Sarthal
Village
220 43’ 39.2” N
720 29’ 35.1” E
approx 2
Km
Two Vulnerable
ver. 3.1
Painted stork
(Mycteria
leucocephala)
Shallow water
bodies, Trees
near water
bodies
Rajpur
Village
220 45’ 37.0” N
720 29’ 22.7” E
approx
3.9 km
Four Near
threatened
ver.3.1
Oriental Darter
(Anhinga
melanogaster)
Shallow water
bodies, Paddy
fields
Sarthal
Village
Near
GIDC
Dholka
220 43’ 42.8” N
720 29’ 47.7.1”
E
220 42’ 51.6” N
720 28’ 20.3” E
approx
3.5 km
approx
6.25 km
One
One
Near
threatened
ver.3.1
Source: IUCN Red list of threatened species, 2012 and Bird life international 2012
The location at which, these near threatened birds were spotted is shown in Figure 13.
The spotted sites were not observed in the impact zone of the project site as discussed
in chapter 5, section 5.1, page no. 78
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 74
Figure 13: Google Map showing the area where near threatened birds were spotted during field study
As per Indian Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972
Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972, as amended on 17th January 2003, is an Act to provide
for the protection of wild animals, birds and plants and for matters connected therewith
or ancillary or incidental thereto with a view to ensuring the ecological and
environmental security of the country.
Some of the sighted fauna were given protection by the Indian Wild Life (Protection) Act,
1972 by including them in different schedules. Among the birds in the study area, Pea
fowl (Pavo cristatus) is included in schedule I of Wild life protection Act (1972), while
many other birds are included in schedule IV.
Among the reptiles, Indian Cobra (Naja naja) and Common rat snake (Ptyas mucosus)
were provided protection as per Schedule-II of Wild life protection act 1972.
N
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 75
Among mammals Bengal hanuman langur (Semnopithecus entellus - Dufresne) and
Common Mongoose (Herpestes edwardsi), are a schedule –II mammals. Nilgai
(Boselaphus tragocamelus) and Wild Boars (Sus scrofa Linnaeus) are provided protection
by incorporating them in schedule–III mammal. Hares and five stripped squirrels are
included in schedule IV of Wild Life Protection act 1972.
Table 47: Species provided Protection as per Wild Life Protection Act 1972
Group Species Schedule
Birds Pea fowl (Pavo cristatus), Schedule I
Most of other birds Schedule-IV
Reptiles Indian Cobra (Naja naja), Schedule-II
Common rat snake (Ptyas mucosus) Schedule-II
Mammals Common Mongoose (Herpestes edwardsi), Schedule-II
Five striped Palm squirrel
(Funambulus pennanii ( Wroughton))
Schedule-IV
Hare (Lepus sp.) Schedule-IV
Nilgai (Boselaphus tragocamelus) Schedule-III
Bengal Hanuman Langur, (Semnopithecus
entellus (Dufresne)
Schedule-II
Wild Boars (Sus scrofa Linnaeus) Schedule-III
4.8 SOCIO ECONOMIC DATA
Socio economic data are drawn from the primary sources like census and district
statistical hand book etc. We defined the frame work of socio economic environment in
terms of the following components
1. Demographic characteristics which defines the human development level of the
village community
2. Economic characteristics which provides indicator of the economic development
level
3. Social data matrix which provide the social composition of the community which
would reflect the socio cultural dimensions
A detailed analysis will not only highlight the relevant issues but also would provide
guiding path of the development of the project area villages. Details socio economic
report is attached as Annexure 7.
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 76
Demographic Characters
Secondary data demographic structure of the project area is collected from census book
2011 is as mentioned in Table 48
Table 48: Demographic structure of the project area
Total population 385136
Total house hold 78314
Total male population 200610
Total female population 184526
Sex ratio 920
Literate population 259868
Female literacy 108834
Female literacy ratio 28 %
Tribal population 59328
Tribal population ratio 15%
Non tribal population 325808
Total working population 155856
Total non working population 229280
Infrastructural Support Facilities in the Project Area
Infrastructural facilities like educational facility, medical facility, transportation,
communication, power supply and water are available in villages of study area.
Economic Structure and their Implications
Economic structure of village economy is generally characterized by the economic
activity levels of poverty and unemployment and agricultural sector and non agricultural
sector and position and economic class etc.
Table 49: Economic Structure of Village Economy
Indicator
Total workers 155856
Main workers 124966
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 77
Non workers 229280
Agricultural workers 68406
Total cultivators 27974
Marginal cultivators 2145
Non agricultural activities 54729
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 78
Chapter 5 Impact Identification & Mitigation Measures
5 IMPACT IDENTIFICATION
Identification of significant impacts from the proposed project is an eminent step in the
process of environmental impact assessment. This provides a way forward to other
elements of EIA study such as quantification and evaluation of site specific impacts
exclusively from proposed project. As the first step towards the prediction and
assessment, the various activities during the construction and operational phase, which
are likely to cause an impact on these parameters, have been listed. The next step
would be to evaluate quantitatively and qualitatively the impact imposed on the various
aspects of the environment.
Many scientific techniques and methodologies are available to predict impacts on
physico-ecological and socio-economic environment. Such predictions are superimposed
over the baseline (pre-project) status of environmental quality to derive the ultimate
(post-project) scenario of environmental conditions. The prediction of impacts helps to
identify and implement environmental management plan during and after the execution
of the developmental power plant activity to minimize the deterioration of environmental
quality.
5.1 AIR ENVIRONMENT
Source of emission will impact the air environment in the area. The source of emission
will be mainly in form of point source and fugitive emission.
Fugitive emission
Fugitive emission will occur due to transportation activities. Apart from transportation,
rupture of valve and flanges will lead to minor fugitive emission from pipes and tank.
Point source emission
Point source emission will be mainly due to stacks installed with stand by DG set. The
detail of stack considered for air modeling is as given in Table 50. Flaring will be
temporary activity wherein the gas produced will be burnt. Hydrocarbon in major portion
with traces of CO2 will be emitted. Hence the flaring stack is not considered in air
modeling study.
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 79
Table 50: Stack Details
Site
Particulars
M 1 M 1 A 1
Stack attached to DG Set DG Set
Capacity of DG set 63.5 KVA 63.5 KVA
Stack height 5 m 5 m
Stack Diameter 0.101 m 0.101 m
Exit Gas Velocity 9.95 m/s 9.95 m/s
Exit Gas temperature 181 °C 181 °C
Emission in g/s PM: 0.0121 g/s
SOx: 0.02 g/s
NOx: 0.091 g/s
PM: 0.0121 g/s
SOx: 0.02 g/s
NOx: 0.091 g/s
Details of Air Modeling
The DG set stack details were used as input data for prediction of impact due to
proposed point source emission in the area.
The incremental increase in the concentration of pollutants, after the installation of the
proposed stacks was predicted using mathematical model.
Industrial Source Complex – Short Term 3 (ISC-ST 3) model by Lakes and Environment
was used for the prediction of incremental increase.
The ISCST-3 (Industrial Source Complex – Short term 3) from lakes and Environment is
based on Gaussian Plume Model. For the present study, this model is used for the
prediction of maximum ground level concentration (GLC). ISCST3 model is executed
using stability classes developed by Pasquill and Gifford.
The inputs data given to the model includes data relating to emissions (stack details as
mentioned in Table 50) with effective stack height, hourly meteorology details like
ambient temperature, wind speed, wind direction, relative humidity, pressure, cloud
cover etc for summer season.
After giving the input data to the model, the incremental concentration of the pollutant
due to the point sources from the proposed activities was calculated. The maximum
incremental concentration due to emission from point sources was recorded at the
respective location with its distance and direction from the proposed project site.
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 80
The maximum incremental ground level concentration was superimposed on the
maximum average baseline concentration in the respective location at the recorded
distance and direction by the model.
The maximum predicted 24 hr average concentration of pollutants at that distance for
DG set Stacks is given below:
Table 51: Resultant Concentration due to incremental increase for DG set stack
Pollutant Incremental
Concentration
μg/m3
Baseline
Concentration
μg/m3 *
Resultant
Concentration
μg/m3
Direction
w.r.t.
stack
location
Distance
w.r.t.
stack
location
PM 0.277 89 89.277 East 0.5 km
SO2 0.459 6.79 7.249 East 0.5 km
NOx 2.089 10.57 12.659 East 0.5 km
* Baseline average concentration of location in east direction from the project site was
considered (AQ2)
Conclusion
The above scenario will be applicable only when DG sets are operative. The principal
source of electricity for the project will be State Electricity Board. Only in rare cases
when there will be power failure DG sets will be operative and the scenario discussed
here will become applicable. Also Flaring will be temporary activity wherein the gas
produced will be burnt. Hydrocarbon in major portion with traces of CO2 will be emitted.
Hence the flaring stack is not considered in air modeling study for PM, SOx, NOx.
As tabulated in Table 51, the maximum incremental concentration for Particulate matter,
Sulphur dioxide and nitrogen oxide is found to be 0.277 μg/m3, 0.459 μg/m3, 2.089
μg/m3 respectively. The incremental increase was observed in East direction at distance
of 0.5 Km.
The incremental increase calculated by the air modelling software was super impose on
the average concentration observed at monitoring location (AQ2) which was located in
down wind direction (east) of the project site.
It is observed from Table 51, that the resultant concentration for Particulate matter, SO2
and NOx are observed to be below the National Ambient Air Quality Standards published
by CPCB during the study period.
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 81
Figure 14: Isopleths for PM
Please register P
DF
Splitter and M
erger
DE
MO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 82
Figure 15: Isopleths for SOx
Please register P
DF
Splitter and M
erger
DE
MO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 83
Figure 16: Isopleths for NOx
Please register P
DF
Splitter and M
erger
DE
MO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 84
5.2 WATER ENVIRONMENT
Source of Water
Tanker Water or ground water shall be used for the proposed project
Water Consumption
The total water requirement is 2.705 KL/day at each well. Water will be only used for
domestic purpose and as storage water for fire hydrant system. There shall be no water
requirement for any process activity.
The details of water consumption is discussed in Chapter 3, Section 3.4, Page no. 45.
Waste Water Generation
During the production of crude oil and natural gas, produced water will be generated
from the process. Total quantity of produced water generated at EPS#M1 will be 2
KL/day and EPS#M 1 A 1 will be 3 KL/day. The separation process shall be done such
that the traces of oil or gas are to the minimum extent in the produced water. The water
shall meet the standards for land disposal. But for safer side, the produced water shall
be collected in waste water pit and later sent to nearby CETP. The detail description of
waste water collection pit is discussed in chapter 6, Section 6.2.4, Page no. 100
Domestic waste water generated will be disposed off through soak pit.
5.3 SOLID WASTE GENERATION
2 Kg/day quantity of domestic waste will be generated. The same shall be disposed off
locally through nearest municipality collection system.
5.4 HAZARDOUS WASTE GENERATION
Used oil, oily sludge and oily cotton waste will be generated from the proposed project
activity. The spillage of the same on ground will lead to contamination of the soil in the
area.
In order to prevent the same, the hazardous waste generated will be collected separately
and stored in closed container in isolated area.
15 liter/ annum of used oil will be generated. The same shall be used in internal purpose
for greasing of fitting, valves, nut bolts etc, whereas oily cotton waste and oily sludge
will be handed over to registered recyclers.
5.5 SOCIO ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT
There shall be positive impact on the socio economic environment of the area. Increase
in direct/ indirect job opportunity shall take place. Services in the locality shall be used
and accordingly growth in economic structure of the area will take place.
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 85
5.6 SUMMARY OF IMPACTS IDENTIFIED AND ITS MITIGATION MEASURES
The list of activities to be undertaken as part of the project is as noted below
Land acquisition and site preparation
• Land acquisition
• Site preparation
• Access and Transportation
Operation of EPS with all the process activities
• Abstraction of oil from well
• Operation of gas and oil separators
• Generation of produced water
• Transfer of oil to temporary tank storage farm
• Temporary storage tank
• Transfer from storage to tankers
Allied activities
• Operation of DG set
• Operation of flare stack
• Hazardous waste generation due to different activities
• Socio economic details
The above activities with their impact and mitigation measures are as listed in Table 52.
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 86
Table 52: Impact Identification and mitigation measures
Sr.
No.
Major processes Impacting activities Mitigation measures
Mitigation measures Specification for mitigation
measures proposed
1. Land acquisition • No further land acquisition No extra land to be procured Land has been taken on lease
during drilling. No additional land
acquisition
2. Access • Upto EPS, road infra available ---- Accessibility of site through
temporary kachcha road.
3. Site preparation • Well drilled by company and
other infrastructure facility
like internal road, fire
fighting, security cabin
construction at site
• Additionally it is required to
construct storage tank, oil
heater, oil and gas separator,
unloading platform, produce
water storage, flare stack
-----
• Area shall be covered in case of
any excavation to be done.
• Top soil and excavated earth
shall be stacked nearby and
reused for site leveling and
green belt development
Total build up area to be
constructed at site is 678 sq m at
M 1 and 550 sq m at M 1 A 1
(office building and security cabin)
4. Transportation • Air emission due to vehicle
movement (both during
• No impact on transport • Road mainly required to
transport maximum one tanker
Please register P
DF
Splitter and M
erger
DE
MO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 87
construction and operation)
• Air emission due to
construction activities
• Traffic
• Noise level rise due to
vehicles and construction
activities
• Vehicles with PUC certificate
shall be allowed
• Maintenance check for vehicles
shall be registered
in two days
5. Abstraction of oil from
well
• Pressure fluctuations
• Chances of blow out
• Safety valve Well head tubing pressure to be
maintained at 0 – 50 psi
Pressure at separator to be
maintained at 35 - 70 psi
6. Operation of gas and
oil separators
• Spillage of oil on ground due
to leak and cleaning process
• Flaring of gas
• Elevated platform to be provided
• Separated gas to be maximum
utilized in bath heater
• Excess gas only to be flared
• Cleaning up of system shall be
done frequently hence it is
suggested that flooring to be
paved completely with
surrounding drainage in order to
collect spillage
Height of platform: 1 feet from
ground level
Quantity of gas to be used in bath
heater: 960 m3/day (this quantity
is based on the standards,
considering the maximum capacity
of 15 m3/hour)
Please register P
DF
Splitter and M
erger
DE
MO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 88
• Oil collection sump to be
provided
• Provision shall be made for
transfer of oil collected during
cleaning and leakage to be
diverted back to temporary
storage tank
7. Generation of produce
water
• Ground water contamination
due to improper storage on
ground
• Water shall consist of traces
of oil and grease and higher
TDS level
• Pit with impervious bottom liner
and side liner with storage
capacity of 30 days to be
constructed
• Later sent to CETP for further
treatment through tankers
Size of pit for storage of produce
water: 200 m3
8. Transfer of oil to
temporary storage tank
farm
• Pipeline chocking in winter
• At time of repairing there are
chances of spillage from
pipeline on ground
• Pipelines will be insulated
• RCC constructed drain having
size of 0.5 m higher than pipe
shall be laid below pipeline
• Spilled oil collected through
sump
• Drain to be constructed in steep
gradient so at any point same
shall flow towards collection
Details of pipe rupture during
transfer of oil is covered in risk
assessment study
Please register P
DF
Splitter and M
erger
DE
MO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 89
sump
• Blind flange provision to be
provided so that maintenance
can be done segment wise
• Quality of material capable to
withstand pressure
9. Crude oil Storage tank • Spillage on ground
• Incidental collapse of tank
• Electric spark lead to fire
• Emission due to gases
• Tank should be at sufficient
height with proper dyke wall
• Dyke with capacity of 1.5 times
the tank volume shall be
provided to confine the 100 %
of spill even during complete
collapse of tank.
• Vent shall be provided in tank for
release of gases formed within
tank
• Auto level control switch shall be
provided to avoid over flow from
tanks
• Proper MOC, color to be adopted
to avoid corrosion of tank and
less maintenance
Details of temporary storage tank
rupture is covered in risk
assessment study
Fire hazards due to electric spark
discussed in risk assessment study
Please register P
DF
Splitter and M
erger
DE
MO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 90
• Proper safety markings to be
placed in the area
• Fire Fighting system arranged as
per OISD standard
• Frequent cleaning of dyke wall
area
10. Transfer from storage
to tankers (loading –
unloading)
• Spillage from joints and
glands
• Spillage from loading and
unloading activity
• Timely inspection and
maintenance of joints and glands
• Provision of sump to stand by
pumps
• PCC area
• Top platform to be covered from
top to protect from rain water
----
11. Flare • Air emission
• Noise emission
• Flaring at proper height
• Human interference shall be
minimum in the area
• Auto ignition system should be
provided
• Only technical flaring
All the gases will be burnt during
flaring and converted to CO2. The
same shall be emitted
12. Stand by D G sets • Air emission of PM, SOx, NOx • Stack height as per CPCB norms Increase in concentration of PM,
Please register P
DF
Splitter and M
erger
DE
MO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 91
• Separate Storage of fuel to be
provided with area demarcation
SOx, NOx due to DG set is
calculated by Gaussian Plume
model
The principal source of electricity
for the project will be State
Electricity Board. Only in rare
cases when there will be power
failure DG sets will be operative
and the scenario discussed here
will become applicable. Flaring will
be temporary activity wherein the
gas produced will be burnt.
Hydrocarbon in major portion with
traces of CO2 will be formed.
13. Hazardous waste
generation from
different activities
• Used oil, oily sludge
and oily cotton waste
will be generated
• The spillage of oil on land will
lead to contamination of soil
and in later stages will
contaminate the ground
water in the area
• Care shall be taken during
handling of hazardous waste
• Separate storage area shall be
constructed with concrete base
• The waste should be stored in
separate containers
• The area shall be isolated and
covered in order to prevent the
----
Please register P
DF
Splitter and M
erger
DE
MO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 92
infiltration of rainy water
• The waste collected shall be
regularly transported to approved
TSDF site / registered CPCB
recyclers
14. Socio economic impact
• Positive impact • Change in personal income
resulting from new employment
of workers, purchase of services
from local area vendors, lease,
and production payments
• Induced economic activity from
local purchases of land,
equipments, supplies and
services
At Each facilities
Skilled workers: 6 Nos
Unskilled workers: 3 Nos
Please register P
DF
Splitter and M
erger
DE
MO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 93
Chapter 6 Environment Management Plan
6 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN
From construction and operation activities of the process, environmental impact has
been identified, predicated and evaluated to mitigate the standards specified by the
statutory authority and minimize the impact on eco system Environmental Management
Plan (EMP). Environmental Management Plan provides control measures of potential
environmental impacts. Environmental Management System for different environmental
attributes is discussed in subsequent topics.
6.1 ADMINISTRATIVE ASPECTS OF EMP
The basis of the operational philosophy of GSPC Limited is that the activities proposed in
oil and gas processing (upstream and mid stream) shall be operated in complete
compliance with all applicable Laws, Regulations, Standards and Permits, the Production
Sharing Contract (PSC), GSPC corporate policies, procedures, specifications, rules,
standards and guidelines.
In order to achieve this, GSPC will establish a resource base for the management of
health, safety, environmental and social issues during construction and operation of EPS.
Technically qualified and experienced staff will be deployed. Detailed procedures and
plans will be developed for each activity prior to operations start up. All persons on this
project work will be qualified and well experienced.
The HSE Management System Process which has been developed for use as part of the
implementation of the operations philosophy will be followed, together with the
commitments contained within the GSPC corporate Health, Safety and Environment
(HSE) Policy. The System also contains adequate security measures that are designed to
protect people and property.
6.2 ENVIRONMENT MANGEMENT PLAN
6.2.1 Ambient Air
6.2.1.1 Construction Phase
The construction phase impacts would be mainly due to civil works such as site
preparation comprising heavy earthmoving, site grading, RCC foundations etc.;
construction material and machinery transportation, fabrication and erection etc.
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 94
The construction phase impacts will be temporary and localized phenomenon. The
environment management to be implemented during the construction phase is as
delineated below:
The top layer soil which is excavated during site leveling shall be sold to contractor or
shall be disposed off in the low lying area instead of accumulating the same on the road
or the premises area.
Temporary huts of the construction labors shall be arranged within the project
boundary.
The site grading, partial level rising as required at project site shall be planned
keeping in view the natural drainage around the project site.
The vehicles used for transportation of construction material shall be certified valid
PUC.
The trucks carrying cement and sand shall be covered in order to prevent the
fugitive emissions due to material handling.
Temporary shed shall be developed in order to store the construction material inside
the project premises.
The machinery used for construction purpose shall be properly maintained and
serviced.
It should be ensured that diesel powered vehicles and construction machinery are
properly maintained to minimize the exhaust emissions as well as noise generation
The construction debris generated shall be properly stored in the shed and later
should be used for leveling of low lying area and road construction.
Regular water sprinkling shall be done in the storage area and within the plant
boundary for dust suppression.
The fuel used for the machines should be of good quality.
Proper arrangement shall be made to prevent to washout of construction material
during the monsoon season. Temporary shed of brick should be constructed during
the monsoon season for the storage of construction material.
Proper storm water management system shall be integrated in design phase and
civil works shall be carried out accordingly at project site.
Once the construction phase is completed, proper clean up of the plant area shall be
done and the construction debris and the other waste shall be disposed off at the
low lying areas.
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 95
6.2.1.2 Operation Phase
Point source emission
Stack height shall be based as per the statutory requirement of CPCB. The stack height
for DG sets are based on the below
H = h + 0.2 √KVA
Where H = height of stack; h = height of building/ Base of installation
Stack height for oil and gas separators were decided based on the OMR (1984
guidelines). There will be no stack installed with the heater.
Installation of proper stack height will lead to proper dispersion of pollutants
VOC emissions
VOC emitted during the production will be burnt in flaring with associated gases. In order
to limit the emission of VOC, the handling operation shall be carried out in closed
system.
Fugitive emissions
Fugitive emission shall be from valve and flanges, periodic maintenance of the pipeline
and tanks. Record of same shall be maintained.
Transportation will also lead to fugitive emission. Connecting roads from site to main
roads should be concreted to minimize increase in particulate matter due to
transportation of final product. Vehicular emission will lead to increase in SO2 and NOx
with HC in the area. The vehicles used for transportation should have valid PUC
certificate and a check of same shall be done at the entry gate of site.
Green belt to mitigate pollution
Adequate green belt shall be developed within and outside the premises to abate air and
noise pollution. The plants recommended for the project shall be based on the following
three criteria
• Plants resistant to pollution
• Plants resident in this area
The major plants recommended for green belt development is as mentioned in Table 53
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 96
Table 53: Species for Green Belt Development
Plant species Common
Name/
Vernacular
name
Habit Toleran
ce limit
Stomatal
index
Mode of
Regeneration
Acacia auriculiformis Eaarpod wattle/
Australian
Baval/
Tree T 10.9 Seeds
Acacia leucophloea White barked
Acacia/Ronjh/H
ermo baval/
Samadi
Shrub T 12.01 Seeds
Ailanthus excelsa Maharukh
Ardusi/ arduso
Tree T 13.01 Seeds, shoot, root
cuttings
Albizia amara Krishna Siris Tree T -- seeds
Albizia chinensis Silk Tree Tree T -- Seeds
Albizia lebbeck Siris/ Shirish Tree T 19.72 seeds
Albizia procera Doon Sirs/
Safed Siris
Tree T 20.21 seeds
Alstona scholaris Sage lave
Alangium/
Saptparni
Tree T 15.23 seeds
Azadirachta indica Neem/ Limdo Tree T 29.2 Seeds
Bougainvillea spectabilis Bouganvel Shrub T 32.53 Cutting
Caesalpinia pulcherrima Peacock flower/
Galtora
Tree T 29.09 Seeds and
Cuttings
Callistemon citrinus Weeping
Bottlebrush
tree
Small
tree
T 127.49 Seeds
Cassia javanica Pink and White
Shower/ Java
Cassia
Tree T seeds
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 97
Senna siamea Yellow cassia/
Kassod,
Tree T 21.2 Seeds
Dalbergia sisoo Shisham/
Indian Rose
wood/ Moto
Sisam
Tree T 18.72 Seeds/cuttings
Dalbergia latifoloa Shisham/Sisam tree T 10.12 Seeds/ cuttings
Delonix regia Flame tree/
Gulmohar
Tree S 14.38 Seeds /stem
cutting
Hibiscus rosa-sinensis China
rose/Jasud
Small
tree
T 23.32 stem cutting
Ixora arborea Ixora/ Nevari
Small
tree
T 17.3 stem cutting
Ixora rosea An Ornamental
tree
Small
tree
T 20.30 Stem cutting
Kegelia Africana Sausage Tree
Balam Kheera
Small
tree
T 12.90 Seeds
Lantana camara Lantana weed/
Ganthai/
Gandhata
shrub T 12.13 Seeds/cuttings
Lowsonia intermis Henna/ Cypress
Shrub/ Mehndi
Shrub T 17.0 Seeds/cuttings
Mangifera indica Mango Tree/
Keri
Tree S 30.77 Seeds/
budding/grafting
Melia azadirachta Persian Lilac/
Bakan Limdo
Tree T Seeds /stem
cutting
Nerium indicum Lal Karen Shrub T 15.7 Cutting
Peltophorum
pterocarpum
Copper pod/
Surajmukhi
Tree T 16.78 Seeds
Pithecellobium ducle Goras Aamli Tree T 11.78 Seeds/ cuttings
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 98
Polyathia longifolia Ashoka
Tree/Asopalav
Tree S 22.27 seeds
Prosopis cineraria Jhand/Khyidgo Tree T 18.1 Seeds/root suckers
Syzygium cumini Jamuun/Jambu tree T 20.60 Seeds
Terminalia catapppa Desi Badam Tree T 20.9 seeds
Thespesia populneoides Idian Tulip
teee/Paras
Piplo
Tree T 29.81 Seeds/ cuttings
Thevetia peruviana Yellow
oleander/Pili
Karen
Shrub T 27.8 Seeds
T: Tolerant S- sensitive, (--) =Not available Sources: CPCB (March, 2000) Guidelines
for developing green belts PROBES/75/1999-2000
6.2.2 Noise
6.2.2.1 Construction phase
Minor increase in noise generation will take place due to transportation of construction
material at site. The EMP for noise is as mentioned below
• Though the effect of noise on the nearby inhabitants due to construction activity
will be insignificant as per the proposed plot plan, noise prone activities should be
restricted to the extent possible during day time in order to have minimum noise
impact during night time.
• Noise generation due to friction from the machines shall be avoided by regular
maintenance
• Ear muffs shall be provided to workers to minimize the effect of noise during
construction activity
6.2.2.2 Operation phase
None of the production activities in the proposed project will lead to major increase in
noise level in the surrounding.
Minor increase will be within the project boundary premises due to the operation of flare,
running of fire pump, DG set etc. None of these operations shall be continuous
operation. Human movement shall be prohibited in the area during the operation of
flare. GSPC PPE policy shall be implemented
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 99
6.2.3 Water
During Construction
Water requirement during site preparation shall be negligible quantity and restricted for
domestic purposes.
Water Conservation
The first step toward the management of water environment would be conservation of
the water. Proper step shall be taken to conserve the water, apart from the reuse and
recycle of the wastewater generated.
• Storm water drainage network shall be designed
• Faucets uses are of low water consumption type
• W.C, Flush and Urinal Flush valve shall be of low water consumption type
Rain water harvesting scheme shall be implemented. The expected ground water
recharge proposed is as mentioned in Table 54
Considering the range of recharge rate as 2 liter per second per well and by constructing
1 to 2 recharge well, the total likely recharge may vary from 10368.00 m3 to 20736 m3
Table 54: Expected Recharge Rate
Expected
Recharge
Rate Per
Well
Seconds Minutes Hours Days Total
recharge
in m3 per
well
Number
of wells
Total
recharge
in
m3/season
2 60 60 24 60 10368.00 1 10368.00
2 60 60 24 60 10368.00 2 20736.00
Table 55: Estimation on Availability of Yearly Runoff (M 1 Site)
Area Area Runoff
coefficient
Long Term
Average
Rainfall
Estimate
runoff
Build up area 678 sq m 0.40 824.8 mm 223.68 m3
Open area 12331.91 sq m 0.40 824.8 mm 4068.54 m3
Green belt area 6408.39 sq m 0.40 824.8 mm 2114.25 m3
Total area 19418.3 sq m 6406.47 m3
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 100
Estimated Yearly Runoff Availability at M 1 is around 6406.47 m3
Table 56: Estimation on Availability of Yearly Runoff (M1 A 1 Site)
Area Area Runoff
coefficient
Long Term
Average
Rainfall
Estimate
runoff
Build up area 550 sq m 0.40 824.8 mm 181.45 m3
Open area 14581.95 sq m 0.40 824.8 mm 4810.87 m3
Green belt area 7453.05 sq m 0.40 824.8 mm 2458.91 m3
Total area 22585 sq m 7451.23 m3
Estimated Yearly Runoff Availability at M 1 A 1 Site is around 7451.23 m3
• Daily Water Requirement is 2.705 KL /day
• If 365 working days are considered, total yearly water requirement will be 987.32
m3/year.
• Hence the yearly runoff availability at M 1 and M 1 A 1 is higher than the total
water requirement of the project
This site is for petroleum / production which is non disposable source of pollution,
therefore in such areas recharge through pond is preferred. Recharge structure like
recharge pond is advisable
In case of constructing recharge tube well, only rooftop rain water; after subjected
through infiltrating media; should be used for recharging aquifer or for rain water
harvesting
6.2.4 Waste Water
Construction phase
The major waste water generated during construction activity will be from domestic
activities. The same shall be disposed through septic tank/ soak pit.
Operation phase
Crude and water will be extracted in mixture from separator. Produced Water shall be
later drained from the crude oil and collected in waste water pit constructed specifically
for collection of produced water and for its further separation from any oil droplet.
The capacity of drain pit to be provided at site is 200 m3 (divided in to 2 equal halves of
100 m3). It shall be further analyzed by MoEF recognized laboratories and later disposed
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 101
based on the effluent characteristics. Domestic waste water shall be sent to septic tank/
soak pit.
Figure 17: Typical layout diagram of wastewater storage pit
6.2.5 Solid Waste
Solid waste will be in form of domestic waste which shall be disposed off through door to
door collection system of municipality
6.2.6 Hazardous waste
Construction phase
Hazardous materials such as lubricating oil, paints and varnishes are required during
construction phase which should be stored properly as per the safety regulations at
isolated places.
Accidental spillages of oil from construction equipment and storage sites should be
prevented.
Operation phase
The hazardous wastes generated during the operation phase are as mentioned in
Table 57: Hazardous waste generation
M 1 M 1 A1
Used oil 15 liters/year 15 liters/year
Oily Cotton Waste 10 kg/month 10 kg/month
Oily sludge 4 scm/year 4 scm/year
Used oil due to negligible quantity shall be used for internal purpose for greasing
whereas oily cotton waste will be send to approved TSDF site. Oily sludge generated will
be handed over to authorized recyclers.
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 102
Hazardous Waste Storage room
Generated used oil shall be stored in dedicated hazardous waste storage shed.
Generated used oil shall be stored in 200 liter drums.
Figure 18: Design of storage room
In case spillage occurs same need to be disposed off through common infrastructure
facility.
Direct manual handling of waste will be avoided. The person handling the waste will be
equipped with hand gloves resistant to the waste, respiratory mask and goggles.
Record of the hazardous waste generated shall be maintained as per the Hazardous
waste rules 2008 in the prescribed format and the same shall be regularly submitted to
statutory authority. Prior to dispatch of the waste to the recycler company representative
shall keep a check on the valid authorization and approval obtained by the recycler from
Central Pollution Control board.
6.3 ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT CELL
During operational phase of the proposed plant, overall implementation of EMP lies with
the project proponent for compliance.
Environment, Health and Safety (EHS) is one of the key business processes of
organization owned by General Manager (Safety).
General Manager (Safety) shall be responsible for compliance of the norms given under
the EPA rules.
The company has QHSE department. Compliance officer (Senior Officer – Environment)
will be appointed who is part of QHSE team. The compliance officer shall communicate
non compliance of environmental norms to Board of Director
2.5 m
3 m
Spillage collection sump
0.5 m side draining
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 103
All the key business process owner shall report the non compliance aspect in legislative
register and the same shall be submitted to the compliance officer.
The compliance officer shall put a note in every board meeting to the Board of Directors
regarding the non compliances/ violations if any.
In order to have effective implementation of EMP, the following structure of Environment
Management Cell is proposed
Figure 19: Organization Chart with Environment Management Cell at corporate level of GSPC Limited
General Manager (Safety)
Director
(Production)
Officer
Manager - QHSE
Installation Manager/ Shift In
charge
Chief Operating Officer
Managing Director
Manager - Production
Senior officer-
Safety
Senior officer -
Environment
Asst. Manager - Production
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 104
Figure 20: Organization chart at project site
• The activities at project site shall be completely governed by Installation
Manager. He shall be responsible for implementation of Environment and Safety
rules at site.
• Installation manager shall directly report at corporate office.
• A full fledge Environment Management Cell is operative at corporate level to
monitor the compliance at different sites operated by GSPC Limited.
• This cell shall be responsible for developing and implementing environmental
management plan.
• Company has its own Health, Safety and Environment policy (HSE) and same
shall be strictly followed.
• Environmental Management Cell (EMC) will meet quarterly to assess the progress
and analyze the data collected for the month.
The major duties and responsibilities of Environmental Management Cell shall be as
given below:
• To implement the environmental management plan
• To assure regulatory compliance with all relevant rules and regulations
• To ensure regular operation and maintenance of pollution control devices.
• To minimize environmental impacts of operations as by strict adherence to the
EMP
• To initiate the environmental monitoring as per approved schedule
Installation Manager
Shift in charge
Contract Supervisor
Field staff/ Work man
engineer
Asst. Manager – Production (at
corporate office)
Senior officer –
Safety & Environment
(at corporate office)
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 105
• Review and interpretation of monitoring as per approved schedule and corrective
measures in case monitoring results are above the specified limits
• Maintain documents of good environmental practices and applicable
environmental laws as ready reference
• Maintain environmental related records
• Coordination with regulatory agencies, external consultants, monitoring
laboratories
• Maintain of log of public complaints and the action taken
Allocation of Resources, Responsibility and Authority will result in successful
implementation of EMP during construction and operational phase.
The company has its Health, Safety and Environment Policy with company’s vision,
sustainable policy and EHS charter. The copy of same is attached as Annexure 13
6.4 BUDGETARY ALLOCATION FOR ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN
Table 58 depicts the resources required during construction and operation stages and
the estimated budget against each resource for environment management.
Table 58: Estimated cost of implementation of EMP for each site
Activities Budget allocation
Disposal cost of produced water : ` 3.75 lakhs per month
Fire fighting system : ` 23 lakhs
Construction of septic tank/ soak pit : ` 4 lakhs
Environmental Monitoring And Management : ` 1 lakh per annum for each site
Occupational Health & Safety : ` 25,000
Green Belt : ` 50,000
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 106
Chapter 7 Environment Monitoring Plan
7 ENVIRONMENT MONITORING PLAN
Based on the baseline conditions of the area and the environment management plan, a
detailed monitoring program for the construction and operation phase is designed.
Environment monitoring will serve as an indicator for any deterioration in environment
conditions due to operation of the project. Regular monitoring of environment
parameters will serve as a measure to check the efficiency of Pollution control measures
implemented. Company shall appoint MoEF - NABL approved laboratory for the sampling
and analysis of environment parameters.
The main attributes for which monitoring shall be carried out are:
• Ambient air Quality
• Stack Emission
• Wastewater Quality
• Drinking water Quality
• Noise Level
7.1 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING:
The ambient air quality with respect to NOx, SO2, PM10 and PM2.5, VOC, HC, CO shall be
monitored at project location.
The selected monitoring stations shall be monitored for a period of 24 hours quarterly.
The log book shall be maintained at environmental cell for evaluation of impact and to
decide required mitigatory measures
7.2 STACK MONITORING:
The stacks in the proposed project shall be monitored on quarterly basis, with respect to
temperature, oxides of nitrogen (NOx), Suspended Particulate Matter (SPM), Sulphur
dioxide (SOx), VOC level, HC, CO, CO2. It is also recommended the relevant parameter
should be monitored by external agency approved by MoEF - NABL.
7.3 NOISE ENVIRONMENT
Monitoring of the noise levels is essential to assess the effectiveness of Environmental
Management Plan implemented to reduce noise levels. A good quality sound level meter
and noise exposure meter may be procured for the same. Audiometric tests shall be
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 107
conducted periodically for the employees working close to the high noise sources. The
noise levels due to machines/equipments should be monitored regularly.
7.4 WATER AND WASTE WATER QUALITY MONITORING
Drinking water shall be analyzed to check the drinking water standards as prescribed in
IS 14001:2012. Waste water generated (if any) in form of produced water shall also be
analyzed before sending to CETP
7.4.1 Environment laboratory
Methods prescribed in "Standard Methods for Examination of Water and Wastewater"
prepared and published jointly by American Public Health Association (APHA), American
Water Works Association (AWWA) and Water Pollution Control Federation (WPCF), Book
on Water and Wastewater Analysis published by NEERI, Nagpur are recommended for
collection and analysis of water and wastewater samples.
Table 59: Monitoring schedule
Area of
monitoring
Number of
sampling
station
Frequency of
Sampling
Parameters to be analyzed
Ambient air
Quality
Onsite = One
Villages=One
Quarterly PM10 and PM2.5
NOx, SO2, CO, HC, VOC
Stack
Monitoring
All the stacks Quarterly Temperature, NOX, SO2, SPM
Noise Near all the sound
generating
devices and near
the project site
Quarterly (day
time and night
time)
Sound pressure level (Leq)
Produced
water
Produced water
pond
Before sending to
CETP
pH, Conductivity, TDS, TSS,
BOD, COD, Oil and grease
Environmental management cell shall be created and qualified persons would be in
charge of monitoring the parameters by using suitable instruments. The detail of same is
discussed in chapter 5.
7.5 POST PROJECT ENVIRONMENT MONITORING BUDGETARY ALLOCATION:
The total cost allocated for post project monitoring is given in chapter 5.
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 108
Chapter 8 Project Benefits
8 PROJECT BENEFITS
Recommendation for Socio economic activities
Based on the various studies conducted during the baseline survey the following points
related to social environment have been highlighted in the study area
• The area is majorly covered by agricultural land hence company shall provide
compensation for the land acquisition to the land oustees and for standing crop as
per the National Resettlement and Rehabilitation Policy (NRRP) 2007 / State
Government norms. It may be ensure that compensation provided shall not be
less than the norms of the NRRP-2007
• Workers from nearby villages shall be given priority for employment as per their
skills.
• The region falls in the critical zone as classified by Central Ground Water
Authority (CGWA) hence Rain water harvesting shall be implemented at the
project site.
• Sarus Crane is seen in the Sarthal village. Public education programs involving
the Sarus Crane and special opportunities to emphasize the uniqueness of the
Sarus Crane as the world’s tallest flying bird
Socioeconomic activities
The company is committed for contribution of funds and provides the services for the
upliftment of local community in the nearby villages. GSPC being Government of Gujarat
owned company, all the CSR activity as applicable and instructed by Government of
Gujarat shall be carried out. The different activities which shall be considered by the
company, under the directives of Govt. of Gujarat are mentioned in this chapter
• Development of school at nearby Villages.
• Scholarships to bright students.
• Programs for environmental education and public participation shall be developed
with the help of audio visual aids to create awareness about the activities.
• Proper awareness campaign shall be organized by the project proponent for water
conservation.
• In order to increase the aesthetic environment, road side plantation program shall
be carried out in the nearby villages.
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 109
• Group Insurance to all employees over and above the Employees State Insurance
Scheme
• Fire & Safety Training will be imparted to employees.
• Fire Fighting and safety awareness training to the villagers.
• Fire fighting and Safety Week will be organize and quiz and essay competitions
will be organized to develop awareness in employees on the subject.
• Celebration of World Environment Day every year on 5th June will be marked by
plantation of number of trees by employees in order to develop awareness in
them about protecting environment from pollution and to save earth.
Community Awareness programmed like Aids awareness, Polio camps, Eye camps and
blood donation camps will be organized in the company and in its vicinity from time to
time for the benefit of employees and their families and people living in the surrounding
area.
8.1 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL
There will be increase in the employment facilities due to the upcoming project. The total
no. of worker to be employed for the proposed project is as given in Table 60.
Table 60: Employment generation at each site
Skilled
workers
Unskilled workers include
drivers, security personnel’s etc
Total manpower at each site 6 3
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 110
Chapter 9 Disclosure of Consultant
9 CONSULTANT DETAILS
The preparation of EIA was done by M/s Detox Corporation Pvt. Ltd. having NABET
accreditation for conducting EIA studies for project activities listed under onshore oils
and gas exploration, development and production. The baseline study for the project was
conducted by in-house laboratory of M/s Detox Corporation Pvt. Ltd. having NABL
certification. The EIA Team engaged in the preparation of EIA report consist of
professionals with multidisciplinary skill and relevant experience required for undertaking
this project. Following are the specific roles and responsibilities of the key team
members:
KEY FACTS
Established in the year – 1995
Our Growth through years -
1995: Laid Foundation Stone of Firm Activities covered fabrication & equipment
supply
1997: Developed Turnkey execution.
1997: Developed core competence for conducting Environment Audits.
1998: Developed a Full Fledged Laboratory
1998: Construction of ETP’s & STP’s
2000: Developed core competence for preparation of EIA Study Reports
2002: Expansion and Modernization of Lab & Office.
2004: Certified for ISO 9001: 2000 (QMS)
2004: Established First Branch Office at Gandhidham, Kutch
2005: Tie up with Ozmotech, Australia for Converting Waste Plastic to Diesel
2006: Foundation laid for setting up a Total Hazardous Waste Management site at
Kutch, Gujarat
2008: Started Development of Integrated Common Hazardous waste management
facility in Kutch region in name of SEPPL
2013: Started Development of Integrated Common Hazardous waste incineration facility
in Dahej region in name of SEPPL
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 111
ACCREDITATIONS
• ISO 9001-2008 certification
• NABL (National Accreditation Board for Testing & Calibration Laboratories)
• NABET (National Accreditation Board for Education & Training) registration from
Quality Council of India as EIA Consultant
REGISTRATIONS
• Class AA Contractor registration from Surat Municipal Corporation (SMC)
• Recognized Environmental Auditors from GPCB
• MoEF Registration for recognized Environmental Lab.
LIST OF EC & FAE INVOLVED IN REPORT PREPARATION
The list of experts involved in report preparation with authorization for MD of
organization is attached as second page of report
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO
Gujarat State Petroleum Corporation Limited 112
Index
Annexure 1: Layout Map
Annexure 2: Photograph of EPS facility
Annexure 3: Photograph of baseline study & Public hearing
Annexure 4: Geohydrology report
Annexure 5: Bio ecology report
Annexure 6: Land use report
Annexure 7: Socio economic Report
Annexure 8: Risk assessment and Disaster Management plan
Annexure 9: Applicable Legislation
Annexure 10: Ambient Air Quality Report
Annexure 11: Ground and Surface Water Quality Report
Annexure 12: EC Compliance Report
Annexure 13: HSE Policy
Annexure 14: Minutes of Meeting of Public Hearing
Annexure 15: NABET Accreditation
Annexure 16: TOR Copy
Please register PDF Splitter and Merger
DEMO